Table of Contents
A low-level client representing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3)
import boto3
client = boto3.client('s3')
These are the available methods:
This action aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts action and ensure that the parts list is empty.
For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.abort_multipart_upload(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
UploadId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example aborts a multipart upload.
response = client.abort_multipart_upload(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='bigobject',
UploadId='xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Check if an operation can be paginated.
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded.
Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded.
Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices .
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload .
For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.complete_multipart_upload(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
MultipartUpload={
'Parts': [
{
'ETag': 'string',
'PartNumber': 123
},
]
},
UploadId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
The container for the multipart upload request information.
Array of CompletedPart data types.
Details of the parts that were uploaded.
Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
[REQUIRED]
ID for the initiated multipart upload.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Location': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'ETag': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'VersionId': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Location (string) --
The URI that identifies the newly created object.
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (string) --
The object key of the newly created object.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning turned on.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example completes a multipart upload.
response = client.complete_multipart_upload(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='bigobject',
MultipartUpload={
'Parts': [
{
'ETag': '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
'PartNumber': '1',
},
{
'ETag': '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
'PartNumber': '2',
},
],
},
UploadId='7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Bucket': 'acexamplebucket',
'ETag': '"4d9031c7644d8081c2829f4ea23c55f7-2"',
'Key': 'bigobject',
'Location': 'https://examplebucket.s3.amazonaws.com/bigobject',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Copy an object from one S3 location to another.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart copy in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
copy_source = {
'Bucket': 'mybucket',
'Key': 'mykey'
}
s3.meta.client.copy(copy_source, 'otherbucket', 'otherkey')
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
Note
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API .
All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication . Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
Note
If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing .
Warning
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration .
Metadata
When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs .
To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide . For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3 .
** x-amz-copy-source-if Headers**
To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
Note
All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed.
Server-side encryption
When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource.
If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.
If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject .
The following operations are related to CopyObject :
For more information, see Copying Objects .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.copy_object(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Bucket='string',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
CopySource='string' or {'Bucket': 'string', 'Key': 'string', 'VersionId': 'string'},
CopySourceIfMatch='string',
CopySourceIfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceIfNoneMatch='string',
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Key='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
MetadataDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
TaggingDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
ExpectedSourceBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
The name of the destination bucket.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
The key of the destination object.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CopyObjectResult': {
'ETag': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
'Expiration': 'string',
'CopySourceVersionId': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CopyObjectResult (dict) --
Container for all response elements.
ETag (string) --
Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag is identical for a successfully copied non-multipart object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
CopySourceVersionId (string) --
Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of the newly created copy.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example copies an object from one bucket to another.
response = client.copy_object(
Bucket='destinationbucket',
CopySource='/sourcebucket/HappyFacejpg',
Key='HappyFaceCopyjpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'CopyObjectResult': {
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 15, 17, 38, 53, 3, 350, 0),
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 buckets .
If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket .
By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket .
Note
If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets .
When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.
Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs . Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-write , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
Note
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.create_bucket(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read',
Bucket='string',
CreateBucketConfiguration={
'LocationConstraint': 'af-south-1'|'ap-east-1'|'ap-northeast-1'|'ap-northeast-2'|'ap-northeast-3'|'ap-south-1'|'ap-southeast-1'|'ap-southeast-2'|'ca-central-1'|'cn-north-1'|'cn-northwest-1'|'EU'|'eu-central-1'|'eu-north-1'|'eu-south-1'|'eu-west-1'|'eu-west-2'|'eu-west-3'|'me-south-1'|'sa-east-1'|'us-east-2'|'us-gov-east-1'|'us-gov-west-1'|'us-west-1'|'us-west-2'
},
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
ObjectLockEnabledForBucket=True|False
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to create.
The configuration information for the bucket.
Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Location': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Location (string) --
Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need to specify the location.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example creates a bucket. The request specifies an AWS region where to create the bucket.
response = client.create_bucket(
Bucket='examplebucket',
CreateBucketConfiguration={
'LocationConstraint': 'eu-west-1',
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Location': 'http://examplebucket.s3.amazonaws.com/',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example creates a bucket.
response = client.create_bucket(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Location': '/examplebucket',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart ). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview .
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) .
Note
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload .
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the kms:Encrypt , kms:Decrypt , kms:ReEncrypt* , kms:GenerateDataKey* , and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload.
If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption .
Access Permissions
When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers
You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.
Note
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data.
Warning
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs . With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.create_multipart_upload(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Bucket='string',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Key='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'AbortDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'AbortRuleId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'UploadId': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
AbortDate (datetime) --
If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortRuleId (string) --
This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (string) --
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
UploadId (string) --
ID for the initiated multipart upload.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example initiates a multipart upload.
response = client.create_multipart_upload(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='largeobject',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Bucket': 'examplebucket',
'Key': 'largeobject',
'UploadId': 'ibZBv_75gd9r8lH_gqXatLdxMVpAlj6ZQjEs.OwyF3953YdwbcQnMA2BLGn8Lx12fQNICtMw5KyteFeHw.Sjng--',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the bucket being deleted.
None
Examples
The following example deletes the specified bucket.
response = client.delete_bucket(
Bucket='forrandall2',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_analytics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
[REQUIRED]
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
None
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors , see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_cors(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted.
None
Examples
The following example deletes CORS configuration on a bucket.
response = client.delete_bucket_cors(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This implementation of the DELETE action removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_encryption(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration to delete.
None
Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects .
Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
None
Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory .
Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_inventory_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
None
Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.
There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions .
Related actions include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_lifecycle(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.
None
Examples
The following example deletes lifecycle configuration on a bucket.
response = client.delete_bucket_lifecycle(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_metrics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
None
Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_ownership_controls(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to delete.
None
This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Warning
As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.
For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_policy(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
None
Examples
The following example deletes bucket policy on the specified bucket.
response = client.delete_bucket_policy(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Note
It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.
For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_replication(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
None
Examples
The following example deletes replication configuration set on bucket.
response = client.delete_bucket_replication(
Bucket='example',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.
None
Examples
The following example deletes bucket tags.
response = client.delete_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_bucket_website(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.
None
Examples
The following example deletes bucket website configuration.
response = client.delete_bucket_website(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker , to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.
For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete . To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request .
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle ) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
The following action is related to DeleteObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_object(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
MFA='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Key name of the object to delete.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'VersionId': 'string',
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker.
VersionId (string) --
Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example deletes an object from an S3 bucket.
response = client.delete_object(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='objectkey.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example deletes an object from a non-versioned bucket.
response = client.delete_object(
Bucket='ExampleBucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging .
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action.
To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_object_tagging(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key that identifies the object in the bucket from which to remove all tags.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'VersionId': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
VersionId (string) --
The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
Examples
The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object version. The request specifies both the object key and object version.
response = client.delete_object_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
VersionId='ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'VersionId': 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, the operation removes tag set from the latest object version.
response = client.delete_object_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete .
Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_objects(
Bucket='string',
Delete={
'Objects': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string'
},
],
'Quiet': True|False
},
MFA='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the objects to delete.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Container for the request.
The objects to delete.
Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects.
Key name of the object.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, you must set its value to true.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Deleted': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'string'
},
],
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'Errors': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'Code': 'string',
'Message': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Deleted (list) --
Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that was successfully deleted.
(dict) --
Information about the deleted object.
Key (string) --
The name of the deleted object.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the deleted object.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarkerVersionId (string) --
The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Errors (list) --
Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
(dict) --
Container for all error elements.
Key (string) --
The error key.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the error.
Code (string) --
The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type.
Amazon S3 error codes
Message (string) --
The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message.
Examples
The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The request specifies object versions. S3 deletes specific object versions and returns the key and versions of deleted objects in the response.
response = client.delete_objects(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Delete={
'Objects': [
{
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'VersionId': '2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b',
},
{
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'VersionId': 'yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd',
},
],
'Quiet': False,
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Deleted': [
{
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'VersionId': 'yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd',
},
{
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'VersionId': '2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The bucket is versioned, and the request does not specify the object version to delete. In this case, all versions remain in the bucket and S3 adds a delete marker.
response = client.delete_objects(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Delete={
'Objects': [
{
'Key': 'objectkey1',
},
{
'Key': 'objectkey2',
},
],
'Quiet': False,
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Deleted': [
{
'DeleteMarker': 'true',
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'A._w1z6EFiCF5uhtQMDal9JDkID9tQ7F',
'Key': 'objectkey1',
},
{
'DeleteMarker': 'true',
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'iOd_ORxhkKe_e8G8_oSGxt2PjsCZKlkt',
'Key': 'objectkey2',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.delete_public_access_block(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.
None
Download an S3 object to a file.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.meta.client.download_file('mybucket', 'hello.txt', '/tmp/hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's download_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Download an object from S3 to a file-like object.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart download in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.client('s3')
with open('filename', 'wb') as data:
s3.download_fileobj('mybucket', 'mykey', data)
Builds the url and the form fields used for a presigned s3 post
A dictionary of prefilled form fields to build on top of. Elements that may be included are acl, Cache-Control, Content-Type, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Expires, success_action_redirect, redirect, success_action_status, and x-amz-meta-.
Note that if a particular element is included in the fields dictionary it will not be automatically added to the conditions list. You must specify a condition for the element as well.
A list of conditions to include in the policy. Each element can be either a list or a structure. For example:
]
Conditions that are included may pertain to acl, content-length-range, Cache-Control, Content-Type, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Expires, success_action_redirect, redirect, success_action_status, and/or x-amz-meta-.
Note that if you include a condition, you must specify the a valid value in the fields dictionary as well. A value will not be added automatically to the fields dictionary based on the conditions.
dict
A dictionary with two elements: url and fields. Url is the url to post to. Fields is a dictionary filled with the form fields and respective values to use when submitting the post. For example:
'key': 'mykey', 'signature': 'mysignature', 'policy': 'mybase64 encoded policy'}
}
Generate a presigned url given a client, its method, and arguments
The presigned url
This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended . Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_accelerate_configuration(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Suspended'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Status (string) --
The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_acl(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Owner (dict) --
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Grants (list) --
A list of grants.
(dict) --
Container for grant information.
Grantee (dict) --
The person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_analytics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
[REQUIRED]
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'AnalyticsConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'StorageClassAnalysis': {
'DataExport': {
'OutputSchemaVersion': 'V_1',
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'Format': 'CSV',
'BucketAccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string'
}
}
}
}
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
AnalyticsConfiguration (dict) --
The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
Id (string) --
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
Filter (dict) --
The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Tag (dict) --
The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object must have to be included in the metrics results.
Tags (list) --
The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
StorageClassAnalysis (dict) --
Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
DataExport (dict) --
Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 bucket should be exported.
OutputSchemaVersion (string) --
The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1 .
Destination (dict) --
The place to store the data for an analysis.
S3BucketDestination (dict) --
A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
Format (string) --
Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
BucketAccountId (string) --
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
Bucket (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
For more information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing .
The following operations are related to GetBucketCors :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_cors(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CORSRules': [
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'string',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'string',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'string',
],
'ExposeHeaders': [
'string',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 123
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CORSRules (list) --
A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
(dict) --
Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
AllowedHeaders (list) --
Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed.
AllowedMethods (list) --
An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET , PUT , HEAD , POST , and DELETE .
AllowedOrigins (list) --
One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
ExposeHeaders (list) --
One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object).
MaxAgeSeconds (integer) --
The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response for the specified resource.
Examples
The following example returns cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) configuration set on a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_cors(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'CORSRules': [
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'Authorization',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'GET',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'*',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 3000,
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. If the bucket does not have a default encryption configuration, GetBucketEncryption returns ServerSideEncryptionConfigurationNotFoundError .
For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption .
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_encryption(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration is retrieved.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration': {
'Rules': [
{
'ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault': {
'SSEAlgorithm': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'KMSMasterKeyID': 'string'
},
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False
},
]
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration (dict) --
Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
Rules (list) --
Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration.
ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault (dict) --
Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied.
SSEAlgorithm (string) --
Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
KMSMasterKeyID (string) --
AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms .
You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations .
For example:
Warning
Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled.
For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects .
Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IntelligentTieringConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Tierings': [
{
'Days': 123,
'AccessTier': 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS'
},
]
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IntelligentTieringConfiguration (dict) --
Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Tag (dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the configuration applies.
Tags (list) --
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration to apply.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Status (string) --
Specifies the status of the configuration.
Tierings (list) --
Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration.
(dict) --
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead.
Days (integer) --
The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 years (730 days).
AccessTier (string) --
S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory .
The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_inventory_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'InventoryConfiguration': {
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'AccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Format': 'CSV'|'ORC'|'Parquet',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'SSES3': {},
'SSEKMS': {
'KeyId': 'string'
}
}
}
},
'IsEnabled': True|False,
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string'
},
'Id': 'string',
'IncludedObjectVersions': 'All'|'Current',
'OptionalFields': [
'Size'|'LastModifiedDate'|'StorageClass'|'ETag'|'IsMultipartUploaded'|'ReplicationStatus'|'EncryptionStatus'|'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate'|'ObjectLockMode'|'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus'|'IntelligentTieringAccessTier',
],
'Schedule': {
'Frequency': 'Daily'|'Weekly'
}
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
InventoryConfiguration (dict) --
Specifies the inventory configuration.
Destination (dict) --
Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
S3BucketDestination (dict) --
Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix (optional) where inventory results are published.
AccountId (string) --
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
Bucket (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will be published.
Format (string) --
Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
Encryption (dict) --
Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory results.
SSES3 (dict) --
Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSEKMS (dict) --
Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
KeyId (string) --
Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
IsEnabled (boolean) --
Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True , an inventory list is generated. If set to False , no inventory list is generated.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
IncludedObjectVersions (string) --
Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All , the list includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId , IsLatest , and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current , the list does not contain these version-related fields.
OptionalFields (list) --
Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
Schedule (dict) --
Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
Frequency (string) --
Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
Warning
For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration . If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility.
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management .
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle :
Danger
This operation is deprecated and may not function as expected. This operation should not be used going forward and is only kept for the purpose of backwards compatiblity.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_lifecycle(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transition': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionTransition': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Rules (list) --
Container for a lifecycle rule.
(dict) --
Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference . For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples
Expiration (dict) --
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Date (datetime) --
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker (boolean) --
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ID (string) --
Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix (string) --
Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Status (string) --
If Enabled , the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled , the rule is not currently being applied.
Transition (dict) --
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Date (datetime) --
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
StorageClass (string) --
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
NoncurrentVersionTransition (dict) --
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration (dict) --
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload (dict) --
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
DaysAfterInitiation (integer) --
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
Examples
The following example gets ACL on the specified bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_lifecycle(
Bucket='acl1',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Days': 1,
},
'ID': 'delete logs',
'Prefix': '123/',
'Status': 'Enabled',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Note
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, see GetBucketLifecycle .
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management .
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transitions': [
{
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionTransitions': [
{
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Rules (list) --
Container for a lifecycle rule.
(dict) --
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
Expiration (dict) --
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Date (datetime) --
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker (boolean) --
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ID (string) --
Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is No longer used; use Filter instead.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Filter (dict) --
The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix , Tag , or And specified.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Tag (dict) --
This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Tags (list) --
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Status (string) --
If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently being applied.
Transitions (list) --
Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
(dict) --
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Date (datetime) --
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
StorageClass (string) --
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
NoncurrentVersionTransitions (list) --
Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
(dict) --
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration (dict) --
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload (dict) --
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
DaysAfterInitiation (integer) --
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
Examples
The following example retrieves lifecycle configuration on set on a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Rules': [
{
'ID': 'Rule for TaxDocs/',
'Prefix': 'TaxDocs',
'Status': 'Enabled',
'Transitions': [
{
'Days': 365,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD_IA',
},
],
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket .
To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_location(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'LocationConstraint': 'af-south-1'|'ap-east-1'|'ap-northeast-1'|'ap-northeast-2'|'ap-northeast-3'|'ap-south-1'|'ap-southeast-1'|'ap-southeast-2'|'ca-central-1'|'cn-north-1'|'cn-northwest-1'|'EU'|'eu-central-1'|'eu-north-1'|'eu-south-1'|'eu-west-1'|'eu-west-2'|'eu-west-3'|'me-south-1'|'sa-east-1'|'us-east-2'|'us-gov-east-1'|'us-gov-west-1'|'us-west-1'|'us-west-2'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
LocationConstraint (string) --
Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints . Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null .
Examples
The following example returns bucket location.
response = client.get_bucket_location(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'LocationConstraint': 'us-west-2',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_logging(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which to get the logging information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'LoggingEnabled': {
'TargetBucket': 'string',
'TargetGrants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'READ'|'WRITE'
},
],
'TargetPrefix': 'string'
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
LoggingEnabled (dict) --
Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
TargetBucket (string) --
Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key.
TargetGrants (list) --
Container for granting information.
(dict) --
Container for granting information.
Grantee (dict) --
Container for the person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket.
TargetPrefix (string) --
A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket.
Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch .
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_metrics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'MetricsConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
MetricsConfiguration (dict) --
Specifies the metrics configuration.
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
Prefix (string) --
The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Tag (dict) --
The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags (list) --
The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration .
Danger
This operation is deprecated and may not function as expected. This operation should not be used going forward and is only kept for the purpose of backwards compatiblity.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_notification(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'TopicConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Topic': 'string'
},
'QueueConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Queue': 'string'
},
'CloudFunctionConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'CloudFunction': 'string',
'InvocationRole': 'string'
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
TopicConfiguration (dict) --
This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Events (list) --
A collection of events related to objects
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Event (string) --
Bucket event for which to send notifications.
Topic (string) --
Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the specified events for the bucket.
QueueConfiguration (dict) --
This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Event (string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Events (list) --
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Queue (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
CloudFunctionConfiguration (dict) --
Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Event (string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Events (list) --
Bucket events for which to send notifications.
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
CloudFunction (string) --
Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events of the specified type.
InvocationRole (string) --
The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function
Examples
The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_notification(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'QueueConfiguration': {
'Event': 's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
'Events': [
's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
],
'Id': 'MDQ2OGQ4NDEtOTBmNi00YTM4LTk0NzYtZDIwN2I3NWQ1NjIx',
'Queue': 'arn:aws:sqs:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventQueue',
},
'TopicConfiguration': {
'Event': 's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
'Events': [
's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
],
'Id': 'YTVkMWEzZGUtNTY1NS00ZmE2LWJjYjktMmRlY2QwODFkNTJi',
'Topic': 'arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventTopic',
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.
For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events . For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies .
The following action is related to GetBucketNotification :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_notification_configuration(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'TopicConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'TopicArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'QueueConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'QueueArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'LambdaFunctionConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'LambdaFunctionArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
TopicConfigurations (list) --
The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications are generated.
(dict) --
A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
TopicArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Events (list) --
The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
QueueConfigurations (list) --
The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events for which to publish messages.
(dict) --
Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
QueueArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Events (list) --
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
LambdaFunctionConfigurations (list) --
Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them.
(dict) --
A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
LambdaFunctionArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the specified event type occurs.
Events (list) --
The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership .
The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_ownership_controls(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'OwnershipControls': {
'Rules': [
{
'ObjectOwnership': 'BucketOwnerPreferred'|'ObjectWriter'
},
]
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
OwnershipControls (dict) --
The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerPreferred or ObjectWriter) currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket.
Rules (list) --
The container element for an ownership control rule.
(dict) --
The container element for an ownership control rule.
ObjectOwnership (string) --
The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.
BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.
ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.
Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Warning
As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.
For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies .
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_policy(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Policy': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Policy (string) --
The bucket policy as a JSON document.
Examples
The following example returns bucket policy associated with a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_policy(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Policy': '{"Version":"2008-10-17","Id":"LogPolicy","Statement":[{"Sid":"Enables the log delivery group to publish logs to your bucket ","Effect":"Allow","Principal":{"AWS":"111122223333"},"Action":["s3:GetBucketAcl","s3:GetObjectAcl","s3:PutObject"],"Resource":["arn:aws:s3:::policytest1/*","arn:aws:s3:::policytest1"]}]}',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public" .
The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_policy_status(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'PolicyStatus': {
'IsPublic': True|False
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
PolicyStatus (dict) --
The policy status for the specified bucket.
IsPublic (boolean) --
The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public. FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public.
Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.
Note
It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can return a wrong result.
For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
This action requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies .
If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response also returns those elements.
For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_replication(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which to get the replication information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ReplicationConfiguration': {
'Role': 'string',
'Rules': [
{
'ID': 'string',
'Priority': 123,
'Prefix': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'SourceSelectionCriteria': {
'SseKmsEncryptedObjects': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
},
'ReplicaModifications': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
}
},
'ExistingObjectReplication': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
},
'Destination': {
'Bucket': 'string',
'Account': 'string',
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'AccessControlTranslation': {
'Owner': 'Destination'
},
'EncryptionConfiguration': {
'ReplicaKmsKeyID': 'string'
},
'ReplicationTime': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Time': {
'Minutes': 123
}
},
'Metrics': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'EventThreshold': {
'Minutes': 123
}
}
},
'DeleteMarkerReplication': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
}
},
]
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ReplicationConfiguration (dict) --
A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
Role (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see How to Set Up Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Rules (list) --
A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
(dict) --
Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas.
ID (string) --
A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
Priority (integer) --
The priority indicates which rule has precedence whenever two or more replication rules conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with the same destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the rule with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority.
For more information, see Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Filter (dict) --
A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix , Tag , or an And child element.
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Tag (dict) --
A container for specifying a tag key and value.
The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify more than one filter. For example:
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Tags (list) --
An array of tags containing key and value pairs.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Status (string) --
Specifies whether the rule is enabled.
SourceSelectionCriteria (dict) --
A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
SseKmsEncryptedObjects (dict) --
A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication configuration, this element is required.
Status (string) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service.
ReplicaModifications (dict) --
A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications on replicas.
Note
If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed
Status (string) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas.
ExistingObjectReplication (dict) --
Destination (dict) --
A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
Bucket (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store the results.
Account (string) --
Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
StorageClass (string) --
The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source object to create the object replica.
For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
AccessControlTranslation (dict) --
Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account that owns the source object.
Owner (string) --
Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
EncryptionConfiguration (dict) --
A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria is specified, you must specify this element.
ReplicaKmsKeyID (string) --
Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
ReplicationTime (dict) --
A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
Status (string) --
Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
Time (dict) --
A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for all objects and operations on objects.
Minutes (integer) --
Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
Valid values: 15 minutes.
Metrics (dict) --
A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication metrics and events.
Status (string) --
Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
EventThreshold (dict) --
A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold event.
Minutes (integer) --
Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
Valid values: 15 minutes.
DeleteMarkerReplication (dict) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration .
For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration .
Note
If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility .
Status (string) --
Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
Note
Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
Examples
The following example returns replication configuration set on a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_replication(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ReplicationConfiguration': {
'Role': 'arn:aws:iam::acct-id:role/example-role',
'Rules': [
{
'Destination': {
'Bucket': 'arn:aws:s3:::destination-bucket',
},
'ID': 'MWIwNTkwZmItMTE3MS00ZTc3LWJkZDEtNzRmODQwYzc1OTQy',
'Prefix': 'Tax',
'Status': 'Enabled',
},
],
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets .
The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_request_payment(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Payer': 'Requester'|'BucketOwner'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Payer (string) --
Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
Examples
The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.
response = client.get_bucket_request_payment(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Payer': 'BucketOwner',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
TagSet (list) --
Contains the tag set.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Examples
The following example returns tag set associated with a bucket
response = client.get_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'key1',
'Value': 'value1',
},
{
'Key': 'key2',
'Value': 'value2',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled , the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_versioning(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Suspended',
'MFADelete': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Status (string) --
The versioning state of the bucket.
MFADelete (string) --
Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
Examples
The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.
response = client.get_bucket_versioning(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'MFADelete': 'Disabled',
'Status': 'Enabled',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 .
This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_bucket_website(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RedirectAllRequestsTo': {
'HostName': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https'
},
'IndexDocument': {
'Suffix': 'string'
},
'ErrorDocument': {
'Key': 'string'
},
'RoutingRules': [
{
'Condition': {
'HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals': 'string',
'KeyPrefixEquals': 'string'
},
'Redirect': {
'HostName': 'string',
'HttpRedirectCode': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https',
'ReplaceKeyPrefixWith': 'string',
'ReplaceKeyWith': 'string'
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RedirectAllRequestsTo (dict) --
Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of an Amazon S3 bucket.
HostName (string) --
Name of the host where requests are redirected.
Protocol (string) --
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
IndexDocument (dict) --
The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html ).
Suffix (string) --
A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
ErrorDocument (dict) --
The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.
Key (string) --
The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
RoutingRules (list) --
Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
(dict) --
Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Condition (dict) --
A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals (string) --
The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
KeyPrefixEquals (string) --
The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for ExamplePage.html , the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html . To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/ , the key prefix will be /docs , which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Redirect (dict) --
Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.
HostName (string) --
The host name to use in the redirect request.
HttpRedirectCode (string) --
The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the siblings is present.
Protocol (string) --
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith (string) --
The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to documents/ , you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
ReplaceKeyWith (string) --
The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to error.html . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Examples
The following example retrieves website configuration of a bucket.
response = client.get_bucket_website(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ErrorDocument': {
'Key': 'error.html',
},
'IndexDocument': {
'Suffix': 'index.html',
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET , you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.
An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg , you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg .
To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket , specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification .
To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent . For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl .
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject . Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects .
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
Versioning
By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Note
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning .
Overriding Response Header Values
There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.
You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type , Content-Language , Expires , Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , and Content-Encoding . To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
Note
You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Additional Considerations about Request Headers
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
The following operations are related to GetObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object(
Bucket='string',
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Key='string',
Range='string',
ResponseCacheControl='string',
ResponseContentDisposition='string',
ResponseContentEncoding='string',
ResponseContentLanguage='string',
ResponseContentType='string',
ResponseExpires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Key of the object to get.
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Body': StreamingBody(),
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentRange': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'TagCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Body (StreamingBody) --
Object data.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the restored object copy.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentRange (string) --
The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule.
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
TagCount (integer) --
The number of tags, if any, on the object.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket.
response = client.get_object(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'AcceptRanges': 'bytes',
'ContentLength': '3191',
'ContentType': 'image/jpeg',
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 15, 1, 19, 41, 3, 350, 0),
'Metadata': {
},
'TagCount': 2,
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket. The request specifies the range header to retrieve a specific byte range.
response = client.get_object(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='SampleFile.txt',
Range='bytes=0-9',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'AcceptRanges': 'bytes',
'ContentLength': '10',
'ContentRange': 'bytes 0-9/43',
'ContentType': 'text/plain',
'ETag': '"0d94420ffd0bc68cd3d152506b97a9cc"',
'LastModified': datetime(2014, 10, 9, 22, 57, 28, 3, 282, 0),
'Metadata': {
},
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have READ_ACP access to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Versioning
By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.
The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_acl(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Owner (dict) --
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Grants (list) --
A list of grants.
(dict) --
Container for grant information.
Grantee (dict) --
The person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example retrieves access control list (ACL) of an object.
response = client.get_object_acl(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser',
},
'Permission': 'WRITE',
},
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser',
},
'Permission': 'WRITE_ACP',
},
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser',
},
'Permission': 'READ',
},
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': '852b113eexamplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser',
},
'Permission': 'READ_ACP',
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_legal_hold(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'LegalHold': {
'Status': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
LegalHold (dict) --
The current Legal Hold status for the specified object.
Status (string) --
Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_lock_configuration(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ObjectLockConfiguration': {
'ObjectLockEnabled': 'Enabled',
'Rule': {
'DefaultRetention': {
'Mode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'Days': 123,
'Years': 123
}
}
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ObjectLockConfiguration (dict) --
The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.
ObjectLockEnabled (string) --
Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled.
Rule (dict) --
The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object.
DefaultRetention (dict) --
The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket.
Mode (string) --
The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket.
Days (integer) --
The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Years (integer) --
The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_retention(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Retention': {
'Mode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'RetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Retention (dict) --
The container element for an object's retention settings.
Mode (string) --
Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
RetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action.
By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging .
The following action is related to GetObjectTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_tagging(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
RequestPayer='requester'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which to get the tagging information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'VersionId': 'string',
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
VersionId (string) --
The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information.
TagSet (list) --
Contains the tag set.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Examples
The following example retrieves tag set of an object.
response = client.get_object_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'Key4',
'Value': 'Value4',
},
{
'Key': 'Key3',
'Value': 'Value3',
},
],
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example retrieves tag set of an object. The request specifies object version.
response = client.get_object_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='exampleobject',
VersionId='ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'Key1',
'Value': 'Value1',
},
],
'VersionId': 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3 .
Note
You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.
To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_object_torrent(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent files.
[REQUIRED]
The object key for which to get the information.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Body': StreamingBody(),
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Body (StreamingBody) --
A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example retrieves torrent files of an object.
response = client.get_object_torrent(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Create a paginator for an operation.
Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
Warning
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" .
The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.get_public_access_block(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'PublicAccessBlockConfiguration': {
'BlockPublicAcls': True|False,
'IgnorePublicAcls': True|False,
'BlockPublicPolicy': True|False,
'RestrictPublicBuckets': True|False
}
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration (dict) --
The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket.
BlockPublicAcls (boolean) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes the following behavior:
Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
IgnorePublicAcls (boolean) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
BlockPublicPolicy (boolean) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
RestrictPublicBuckets (boolean) --
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only AWS service principals and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a public policy.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
Returns an object that can wait for some condition.
This action is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.
If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these error codes.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.head_bucket(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
None
Exceptions
Examples
This operation checks to see if a bucket exists.
response = client.head_bucket(
Bucket='acl1',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Note
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers .
Consider the following when using request headers:
Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
The following action is related to HeadObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.head_object(
Bucket='string',
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Key='string',
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The object key.
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'ArchiveStatus': 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.
If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT"
If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true" .
For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: General Considerations .
ArchiveStatus (string) --
The archive state of the head object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
For more information, see Storage Classes .
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.
In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (GetObject ) or object metadata (HeadObject ) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows:
For more information, see Replication .
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
Exceptions
Examples
The following example retrieves an object metadata.
response = client.head_object(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'AcceptRanges': 'bytes',
'ContentLength': '3191',
'ContentType': 'image/jpeg',
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 15, 1, 19, 41, 3, 350, 0),
'Metadata': {
},
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis .
The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_bucket_analytics_configurations(
Bucket='string',
ContinuationToken='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'NextContinuationToken': 'string',
'AnalyticsConfigurationList': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'StorageClassAnalysis': {
'DataExport': {
'OutputSchemaVersion': 'V_1',
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'Format': 'CSV',
'BucketAccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string'
}
}
}
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.
ContinuationToken (string) --
The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
NextContinuationToken (string) --
NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include this NextContinuationToken . The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
AnalyticsConfigurationList (list) --
The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
(dict) --
Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of an Amazon S3 bucket.
Id (string) --
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
Filter (dict) --
The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Tag (dict) --
The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object must have to be included in the metrics results.
Tags (list) --
The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
StorageClassAnalysis (dict) --
Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
DataExport (dict) --
Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 bucket should be exported.
OutputSchemaVersion (string) --
The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1 .
Destination (dict) --
The place to store the data for an analysis.
S3BucketDestination (dict) --
A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
Format (string) --
Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
BucketAccountId (string) --
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
Bucket (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects .
Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configurations(
Bucket='string',
ContinuationToken='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'NextContinuationToken': 'string',
'IntelligentTieringConfigurationList': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Tierings': [
{
'Days': 123,
'AccessTier': 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS'
},
]
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.
ContinuationToken (string) --
The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.
NextContinuationToken (string) --
The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
IntelligentTieringConfigurationList (list) --
The list of S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations for a bucket.
(dict) --
Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.
For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects .
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Tag (dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
Prefix (string) --
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the configuration applies.
Tags (list) --
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration to apply.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Status (string) --
Specifies the status of the configuration.
Tierings (list) --
Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration.
(dict) --
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead.
Days (integer) --
The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 years (730 days).
AccessTier (string) --
S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_bucket_inventory_configurations(
Bucket='string',
ContinuationToken='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'InventoryConfigurationList': [
{
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'AccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Format': 'CSV'|'ORC'|'Parquet',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'SSES3': {},
'SSEKMS': {
'KeyId': 'string'
}
}
}
},
'IsEnabled': True|False,
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string'
},
'Id': 'string',
'IncludedObjectVersions': 'All'|'Current',
'OptionalFields': [
'Size'|'LastModifiedDate'|'StorageClass'|'ETag'|'IsMultipartUploaded'|'ReplicationStatus'|'EncryptionStatus'|'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate'|'ObjectLockMode'|'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus'|'IntelligentTieringAccessTier',
],
'Schedule': {
'Frequency': 'Daily'|'Weekly'
}
},
],
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'NextContinuationToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ContinuationToken (string) --
If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this inventory configuration list response.
InventoryConfigurationList (list) --
The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
(dict) --
Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see GET Bucket inventory in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
Destination (dict) --
Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
S3BucketDestination (dict) --
Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix (optional) where inventory results are published.
AccountId (string) --
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
Bucket (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will be published.
Format (string) --
Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
Encryption (dict) --
Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory results.
SSES3 (dict) --
Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSEKMS (dict) --
Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
KeyId (string) --
Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
IsEnabled (boolean) --
Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True , an inventory list is generated. If set to False , no inventory list is generated.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
IncludedObjectVersions (string) --
Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All , the list includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId , IsLatest , and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current , the list does not contain these version-related fields.
OptionalFields (list) --
Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
Schedule (dict) --
Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
Frequency (string) --
Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken is provided for a subsequent request.
NextContinuationToken (string) --
The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch .
The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_bucket_metrics_configurations(
Bucket='string',
ContinuationToken='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'NextContinuationToken': 'string',
'MetricsConfigurationList': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.
ContinuationToken (string) --
The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
NextContinuationToken (string) --
The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
MetricsConfigurationList (list) --
The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
(dict) --
Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PUT Bucket metrics in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
Id (string) --
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
Prefix (string) --
The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Tag (dict) --
The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
Prefix (string) --
The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags (list) --
The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_buckets()
{
'Buckets': [
{
'Name': 'string',
'CreationDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
}
Response Structure
The list of buckets owned by the requestor.
In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts.
The name of the bucket.
Date the bucket was created. This date can change when making changes to your bucket, such as editing its bucket policy.
The owner of the buckets listed.
Container for the display name of the owner.
Container for the ID of the owner.
This action lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
This action returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters.
In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload .
For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_multipart_uploads(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
KeyMarker='string',
MaxUploads=123,
Prefix='string',
UploadIdMarker='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Character you use to group keys.
All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes . If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.
Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.
If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.
If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker .
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Bucket': 'string',
'KeyMarker': 'string',
'UploadIdMarker': 'string',
'NextKeyMarker': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'NextUploadIdMarker': 'string',
'MaxUploads': 123,
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Uploads': [
{
'UploadId': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'Initiated': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Initiator': {
'ID': 'string',
'DisplayName': 'string'
}
},
],
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
KeyMarker (string) --
The key at or after which the listing began.
UploadIdMarker (string) --
Upload ID after which listing began.
NextKeyMarker (string) --
When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
Prefix (string) --
When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.
NextUploadIdMarker (string) --
When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
MaxUploads (integer) --
Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the response.
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified by max uploads.
Uploads (list) --
Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can contain zero or more Upload elements.
(dict) --
Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object.
UploadId (string) --
Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
Key (string) --
Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Initiated (datetime) --
Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Initiator (dict) --
Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
ID (string) --
If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
DisplayName (string) --
Name of the Principal.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
Delimiter , KeyMarker , Prefix , NextKeyMarker , Key .
Examples
The following example lists in-progress multipart uploads on a specific bucket.
response = client.list_multipart_uploads(
Bucket='examplebucket',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Uploads': [
{
'Initiated': datetime(2014, 5, 1, 5, 40, 58, 3, 121, 0),
'Initiator': {
'DisplayName': 'display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Key': 'JavaFile',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'UploadId': 'examplelUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--',
},
{
'Initiated': datetime(2014, 5, 1, 5, 41, 27, 3, 121, 0),
'Initiator': {
'DisplayName': 'display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Key': 'JavaFile',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'UploadId': 'examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example specifies the upload-id-marker and key-marker from previous truncated response to retrieve next setup of multipart uploads.
response = client.list_multipart_uploads(
Bucket='examplebucket',
KeyMarker='nextkeyfrompreviousresponse',
MaxUploads='2',
UploadIdMarker='valuefrompreviousresponse',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Bucket': 'acl1',
'IsTruncated': True,
'KeyMarker': '',
'MaxUploads': '2',
'NextKeyMarker': 'someobjectkey',
'NextUploadIdMarker': 'examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
'UploadIdMarker': '',
'Uploads': [
{
'Initiated': datetime(2014, 5, 1, 5, 40, 58, 3, 121, 0),
'Initiator': {
'DisplayName': 'ownder-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Key': 'JavaFile',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'mohanataws',
'ID': '852b113e7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'UploadId': 'gZ30jIqlUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--',
},
{
'Initiated': datetime(2014, 5, 1, 5, 41, 27, 3, 121, 0),
'Initiator': {
'DisplayName': 'ownder-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Key': 'JavaFile',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'ownder-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'UploadId': 'b7tZSqIlo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
Note
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_object_versions(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
KeyMarker='string',
MaxKeys=123,
Prefix='string',
VersionIdMarker='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name that contains the objects.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'KeyMarker': 'string',
'VersionIdMarker': 'string',
'NextKeyMarker': 'string',
'NextVersionIdMarker': 'string',
'Versions': [
{
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'IsLatest': True|False,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'DeleteMarkers': [
{
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'IsLatest': True|False,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the rest of the results.
KeyMarker (string) --
Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.
VersionIdMarker (string) --
Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.
NextKeyMarker (string) --
When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys , NextKeyMarker specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextVersionIdMarker (string) --
When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys , NextVersionIdMarker specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
Versions (list) --
Container for version information.
(dict) --
The version of an object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object.
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Key (string) --
The object key.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of an object.
IsLatest (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time the object was last modified.
Owner (dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
DeleteMarkers (list) --
Container for an object that is a delete marker.
(dict) --
Information about the delete marker.
Owner (dict) --
The account that created the delete marker.>
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Key (string) --
The object key.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of an object.
IsLatest (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time the object was last modified.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
Prefix (string) --
Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.
Delimiter (string) --
The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes . These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.
MaxKeys (integer) --
Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key , and Delimiter .
Examples
The following example return versions of an object with specific key name prefix. The request limits the number of items returned to two. If there are are more than two object version, S3 returns NextToken in the response. You can specify this token value in your next request to fetch next set of object versions.
response = client.list_object_versions(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Prefix='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Versions': [
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'IsLatest': True,
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 15, 1, 19, 41, 3, 350, 0),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Size': 3191,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'VersionId': 'null',
},
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'IsLatest': False,
'Key': 'HappyFace.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 13, 0, 58, 26, 1, 348, 0),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Size': 3191,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'VersionId': 'PHtexPGjH2y.zBgT8LmB7wwLI2mpbz.k',
},
],
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
Warning
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2 , when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects .
The following operations are related to ListObjects :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_objects(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Marker='string',
MaxKeys=123,
Prefix='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the objects.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Marker': 'string',
'NextMarker': 'string',
'Contents': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria.
Marker (string) --
Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response if it was sent with the request.
NextMarker (string) --
When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
Contents (list) --
Metadata about each object returned.
(dict) --
An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
Key (string) --
The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
The owner of the object
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
Prefix (string) --
Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.
MaxKeys (integer) --
The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.
CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix.
For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example list two objects in a bucket.
response = client.list_objects(
Bucket='examplebucket',
MaxKeys='2',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Contents': [
{
'ETag': '"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71"',
'Key': 'example1.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2014, 11, 21, 19, 40, 5, 4, 325, 0),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'myname',
'ID': '12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Size': 11,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
},
{
'ETag': '"9c8af9a76df052144598c115ef33e511"',
'Key': 'example2.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2013, 11, 15, 1, 10, 49, 4, 319, 0),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'myname',
'ID': '12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Size': 713193,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
},
],
'NextMarker': 'eyJNYXJrZXIiOiBudWxsLCAiYm90b190cnVuY2F0ZV9hbW91bnQiOiAyfQ==',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. Objects are returned sorted in an ascending order of the respective key names in the list.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
To use this action in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Warning
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects .
To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets .
The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2 :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_objects_v2(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
MaxKeys=123,
Prefix='string',
ContinuationToken='string',
FetchOwner=True|False,
StartAfter='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Bucket name to list.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Contents': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url',
'KeyCount': 123,
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'NextContinuationToken': 'string',
'StartAfter': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.
Contents (list) --
Metadata about each object returned.
(dict) --
An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
Key (string) --
The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
The owner of the object
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Prefix (string) --
Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.
MaxKeys (integer) --
Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix .
For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/ ) as in notes/summer/july , the common prefix is notes/summer/ . All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter .
KeyCount (integer) --
KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include less than equals 50 keys
ContinuationToken (string) --
If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
NextContinuationToken (string) --
NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken . NextContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key
StartAfter (string) --
If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example retrieves object list. The request specifies max keys to limit response to include only 2 object keys.
response = client.list_objects_v2(
Bucket='examplebucket',
MaxKeys='2',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Contents': [
{
'ETag': '"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71"',
'Key': 'happyface.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2014, 11, 21, 19, 40, 5, 4, 325, 0),
'Size': 11,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
},
{
'ETag': '"becf17f89c30367a9a44495d62ed521a-1"',
'Key': 'test.jpg',
'LastModified': datetime(2014, 5, 2, 4, 51, 50, 4, 122, 0),
'Size': 4192256,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
},
],
'IsTruncated': True,
'KeyCount': '2',
'MaxKeys': '2',
'Name': 'examplebucket',
'NextContinuationToken': '1w41l63U0xa8q7smH50vCxyTQqdxo69O3EmK28Bi5PcROI4wI/EyIJg==',
'Prefix': '',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload ). This request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload .
For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
The following operations are related to ListParts :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.list_parts(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
MaxParts=123,
PartNumberMarker=123,
UploadId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'AbortDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'AbortRuleId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'UploadId': 'string',
'PartNumberMarker': 123,
'NextPartNumberMarker': 123,
'MaxParts': 123,
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Parts': [
{
'PartNumber': 123,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123
},
],
'Initiator': {
'ID': 'string',
'DisplayName': 'string'
},
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
AbortDate (datetime) --
If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortRuleId (string) --
This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key (string) --
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
UploadId (string) --
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
PartNumberMarker (integer) --
When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextPartNumberMarker (integer) --
When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
MaxParts (integer) --
Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.
Parts (list) --
Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain zero or more Part elements.
(dict) --
Container for elements related to a part.
PartNumber (integer) --
Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
Initiator (dict) --
Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides the user ARN and display name.
ID (string) --
If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
DisplayName (string) --
Name of the Principal.
Owner (dict) --
Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the parent account ID and display name.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
StorageClass (string) --
Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded object.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example lists parts uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
response = client.list_parts(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='bigobject',
UploadId='example7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'Initiator': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'owner-display-name',
'ID': 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
},
'Parts': [
{
'ETag': '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 16, 0, 11, 42, 4, 351, 0),
'PartNumber': '1',
'Size': 26246026,
},
{
'ETag': '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 16, 0, 15, 1, 4, 351, 0),
'PartNumber': '2',
'Size': 26246026,
},
],
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.
After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.
The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (".").
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration .
The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_accelerate_configuration(
Bucket='string',
AccelerateConfiguration={
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Suspended'
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
[REQUIRED]
Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.
Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket.
None
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs . To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Note
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
Access Permissions
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs . Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl . If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_acl(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read',
AccessControlPolicy={
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
Bucket='string',
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
A list of grants.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Container for the display name of the owner.
Container for the ID of the owner.
[REQUIRED]
The bucket to which to apply the ACL.
None
Examples
The following example replaces existing ACL on a bucket. The ACL grants the bucket owner (specified using the owner ID) and write permission to the LogDelivery group. Because this is a replace operation, you must specify all the grants in your request. To incrementally add or remove ACL grants, you might use the console.
response = client.put_bucket_acl(
Bucket='examplebucket',
GrantFullControl='id=examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484',
GrantWrite='uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis .
Warning
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Special Errors
- HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
- Code: AccessDenied
- Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_analytics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
AnalyticsConfiguration={
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'StorageClassAnalysis': {
'DataExport': {
'OutputSchemaVersion': 'V_1',
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'Format': 'CSV',
'BucketAccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string'
}
}
}
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
[REQUIRED]
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
[REQUIRED]
The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object must have to be included in the metrics results.
The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 bucket should be exported.
The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1 .
The place to store the data for an analysis.
A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
None
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_cors(
Bucket='string',
CORSConfiguration={
'CORSRules': [
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'string',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'string',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'string',
],
'ExposeHeaders': [
'string',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 123
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the bucket impacted by the cors configuration.
[REQUIRED]
Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed.
An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET , PUT , HEAD , POST , and DELETE .
One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object).
The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response for the specified resource.
None
Examples
The following example enables PUT, POST, and DELETE requests from www.example.com, and enables GET requests from any domain.
response = client.put_bucket_cors(
Bucket='',
CORSConfiguration={
'CORSRules': [
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'*',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'PUT',
'POST',
'DELETE',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'http://www.example.com',
],
'ExposeHeaders': [
'x-amz-server-side-encryption',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 3000,
},
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'Authorization',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'GET',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'*',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 3000,
},
],
},
ContentMD5='',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket.
Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS customer master keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. For information about default encryption, see Amazon S3 default bucket encryption in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide . For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Warning
This action requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_encryption(
Bucket='string',
ContentMD5='string',
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault': {
'SSEAlgorithm': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'KMSMasterKeyID': 'string'
},
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption configuration.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration rule.
Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration.
Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, this default encryption will be applied.
Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms .
You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations .
For example:
Warning
Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled.
For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
None
Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects .
Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
Note
You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.
Special Errors
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
IntelligentTieringConfiguration={
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Tierings': [
{
'Days': 123,
'AccessTier': 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS'
},
]
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
[REQUIRED]
Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the configuration applies.
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration to apply.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
Specifies the status of the configuration.
Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead.
The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 years (730 days).
S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
None
This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.
Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket.
When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide.
Warning
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide.
Special Errors
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_inventory_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
InventoryConfiguration={
'Destination': {
'S3BucketDestination': {
'AccountId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Format': 'CSV'|'ORC'|'Parquet',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'SSES3': {}
,
'SSEKMS': {
'KeyId': 'string'
}
}
}
},
'IsEnabled': True|False,
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string'
},
'Id': 'string',
'IncludedObjectVersions': 'All'|'Current',
'OptionalFields': [
'Size'|'LastModifiedDate'|'StorageClass'|'ETag'|'IsMultipartUploaded'|'ReplicationStatus'|'EncryptionStatus'|'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate'|'ObjectLockMode'|'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus'|'IntelligentTieringAccessTier',
],
'Schedule': {
'Frequency': 'Daily'|'Weekly'
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the inventory configuration.
Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix (optional) where inventory results are published.
The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data.
Note
Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will be published.
Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory results.
Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True , an inventory list is generated. If set to False , no inventory list is generated.
Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet the filter's criteria.
The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All , the list includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId , IsLatest , and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current , the list does not contain these version-related fields.
Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
None
Warning
For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration . This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration .
Related Resources
Danger
This operation is deprecated and may not function as expected. This operation should not be used going forward and is only kept for the purpose of backwards compatiblity.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_lifecycle(
Bucket='string',
LifecycleConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transition': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionTransition': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket.
Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference . For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
If Enabled , the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled , the rule is not currently being applied.
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The class of storage used to store the object.
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
None
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Note
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle .
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule consists of the following:
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements .
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(
Bucket='string',
LifecycleConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transitions': [
{
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionTransitions': [
{
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.
Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is No longer used; use Filter instead.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix , Tag , or And specified.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently being applied.
Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The class of storage used to store the object.
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
None
Examples
The following example replaces existing lifecycle configuration, if any, on the specified bucket.
response = client.put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(
Bucket='examplebucket',
LifecycleConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Days': 3650,
},
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'documents/',
},
'ID': 'TestOnly',
'Status': 'Enabled',
'Transitions': [
{
'Days': 365,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER',
},
],
},
],
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
<BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" />
For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging .
For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket . For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging .
The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_logging(
Bucket='string',
BucketLoggingStatus={
'LoggingEnabled': {
'TargetBucket': 'string',
'TargetGrants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'READ'|'WRITE'
},
],
'TargetPrefix': 'string'
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.
[REQUIRED]
Container for logging status information.
Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key.
Container for granting information.
Container for granting information.
Container for the person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket.
A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket.
None
Examples
The following example sets logging policy on a bucket. For the Log Delivery group to deliver logs to the destination bucket, it needs permission for the READ_ACP action which the policy grants.
response = client.put_bucket_logging(
Bucket='sourcebucket',
BucketLoggingStatus={
'LoggingEnabled': {
'TargetBucket': 'targetbucket',
'TargetGrants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'Type': 'Group',
'URI': 'http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers',
},
'Permission': 'READ',
},
],
'TargetPrefix': 'MyBucketLogs/',
},
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch .
The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration :
GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_metrics_configuration(
Bucket='string',
Id='string',
MetricsConfiguration={
'Id': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
[REQUIRED]
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
[REQUIRED]
Specifies the metrics configuration.
The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
None
No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
Danger
This operation is deprecated and may not function as expected. This operation should not be used going forward and is only kept for the purpose of backwards compatiblity.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_notification(
Bucket='string',
NotificationConfiguration={
'TopicConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Topic': 'string'
},
'QueueConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Queue': 'string'
},
'CloudFunctionConfiguration': {
'Id': 'string',
'Event': 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'CloudFunction': 'string',
'InvocationRole': 'string'
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket.
[REQUIRED]
The container for the configuration.
This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
A collection of events related to objects
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Bucket event for which to send notifications.
Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the specified events for the bucket.
This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Bucket events for which to send notifications.
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events of the specified type.
The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function
None
Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications .
Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration .
<NotificationConfiguration>
</NotificationConfiguration>
This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.
After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events .
You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
Note
The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
Responses
If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_notification_configuration(
Bucket='string',
NotificationConfiguration={
'TopicConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'TopicArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'QueueConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'QueueArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'LambdaFunctionConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'LambdaFunctionArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket.
[REQUIRED]
A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications are generated.
A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events for which to publish messages.
Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them.
A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the specified event type occurs.
The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
None
Examples
The following example sets notification configuration on a bucket to publish the object created events to an SNS topic.
response = client.put_bucket_notification_configuration(
Bucket='examplebucket',
NotificationConfiguration={
'TopicConfigurations': [
{
'Events': [
's3:ObjectCreated:*',
],
'TopicArn': 'arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:123456789012:s3-notification-topic',
},
],
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership .
The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_ownership_controls(
Bucket='string',
ContentMD5='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
OwnershipControls={
'Rules': [
{
'ObjectOwnership': 'BucketOwnerPreferred'|'ObjectWriter'
},
]
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to set.
The MD5 hash of the OwnershipControls request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
[REQUIRED]
The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerPreferred or ObjectWriter) that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket.
The container element for an ownership control rule.
The container element for an ownership control rule.
The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.
BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.
ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.
None
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Warning
As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.
For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies .
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_policy(
Bucket='string',
ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess=True|False,
Policy='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket.
[REQUIRED]
The bucket policy as a JSON document.
None
Examples
The following example sets a permission policy on a bucket.
response = client.put_bucket_policy(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Policy='{"Version": "2012-10-17", "Statement": [{ "Sid": "id-1","Effect": "Allow","Principal": {"AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root"}, "Action": [ "s3:PutObject","s3:PutObjectAcl"], "Resource": ["arn:aws:s3:::acl3/*" ] } ]}',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide .
Note
To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.
A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.
To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication , Status , and Priority .
Note
If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility .
For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning .
By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria , SseKmsEncryptedObjects , Status , EncryptionConfiguration , and ReplicaKmsKeyID . For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_replication(
Bucket='string',
ReplicationConfiguration={
'Role': 'string',
'Rules': [
{
'ID': 'string',
'Priority': 123,
'Prefix': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'SourceSelectionCriteria': {
'SseKmsEncryptedObjects': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
},
'ReplicaModifications': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
}
},
'ExistingObjectReplication': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
},
'Destination': {
'Bucket': 'string',
'Account': 'string',
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'AccessControlTranslation': {
'Owner': 'Destination'
},
'EncryptionConfiguration': {
'ReplicaKmsKeyID': 'string'
},
'ReplicationTime': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Time': {
'Minutes': 123
}
},
'Metrics': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'EventThreshold': {
'Minutes': 123
}
}
},
'DeleteMarkerReplication': {
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled'
}
},
]
},
Token='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket
[REQUIRED]
A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see How to Set Up Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas.
A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
The priority indicates which rule has precedence whenever two or more replication rules conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with the same destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the rule with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority.
For more information, see Replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix , Tag , or an And child element.
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
A container for specifying a tag key and value.
The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify more than one filter. For example:
An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the rule applies.
An array of tags containing key and value pairs.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
Specifies whether the rule is enabled.
A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication configuration, this element is required.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service.
A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas. Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications on replicas.
Note
If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element is not allowed
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas.
A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store the results.
Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source object to create the object replica.
For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account that owns the source object.
Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket replication in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria is specified, you must specify this element.
Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for all objects and operations on objects.
Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
Valid values: 15 minutes.
A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication metrics and events.
Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold event.
Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
Valid values: 15 minutes.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration .
For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration .
Note
If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility .
Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
Note
Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
None
Examples
The following example sets replication configuration on a bucket.
response = client.put_bucket_replication(
Bucket='examplebucket',
ReplicationConfiguration={
'Role': 'arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/examplerole',
'Rules': [
{
'Destination': {
'Bucket': 'arn:aws:s3:::destinationbucket',
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
},
'Prefix': '',
'Status': 'Enabled',
},
],
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets .
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_request_payment(
Bucket='string',
RequestPaymentConfiguration={
'Payer': 'Requester'|'BucketOwner'
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
[REQUIRED]
Container for Payer.
Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
None
Examples
The following example sets request payment configuration on a bucket so that person requesting the download is charged.
response = client.put_bucket_request_payment(
Bucket='examplebucket',
RequestPaymentConfiguration={
'Payer': 'Requester',
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging .
Note
Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors:
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='string',
Tagging={
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
[REQUIRED]
Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
None
Examples
The following example sets tags on a bucket. Any existing tags are replaced.
response = client.put_bucket_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Tagging={
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'Key1',
'Value': 'Value1',
},
{
'Key': 'Key2',
'Value': 'Value2',
},
],
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
Enabled —Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
Suspended —Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
Warning
If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_versioning(
Bucket='string',
MFA='string',
VersioningConfiguration={
'MFADelete': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Suspended'
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
[REQUIRED]
Container for setting the versioning state.
Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
The versioning state of the bucket.
None
Examples
The following example sets versioning configuration on bucket. The configuration enables versioning on the bucket.
response = client.put_bucket_versioning(
Bucket='examplebucket',
VersioningConfiguration={
'MFADelete': 'Disabled',
'Status': 'Enabled',
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 .
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_bucket_website(
Bucket='string',
WebsiteConfiguration={
'ErrorDocument': {
'Key': 'string'
},
'IndexDocument': {
'Suffix': 'string'
},
'RedirectAllRequestsTo': {
'HostName': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https'
},
'RoutingRules': [
{
'Condition': {
'HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals': 'string',
'KeyPrefixEquals': 'string'
},
'Redirect': {
'HostName': 'string',
'HttpRedirectCode': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https',
'ReplaceKeyPrefixWith': 'string',
'ReplaceKeyWith': 'string'
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
[REQUIRED]
Container for the request.
The name of the error document for the website.
The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The name of the index document for the website.
A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.
Warning
If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.
Name of the host where requests are redirected.
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for ExamplePage.html , the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html . To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/ , the key prefix will be /docs , which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.
The host name to use in the redirect request.
The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the siblings is present.
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to documents/ , you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to error.html . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
None
Examples
The following example adds website configuration to a bucket.
response = client.put_bucket_website(
Bucket='examplebucket',
ContentMD5='',
WebsiteConfiguration={
'ErrorDocument': {
'Key': 'error.html',
},
'IndexDocument': {
'Suffix': 'index.html',
},
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Note
The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Server-side Encryption
You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.
For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets . For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Body=b'bytes'|file,
Bucket='string',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Key='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the PUT action was initiated.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see Object Key and Metadata .
In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 and How to Configure Website Page Redirects .
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but do not provide``x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`` , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Expiration': 'string',
'ETag': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'VersionId': 'string',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Expiration (string) --
If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example creates an object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.
response = client.put_object(
Body='filetoupload',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='objectkey',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'VersionId': 'Bvq0EDKxOcXLJXNo_Lkz37eM3R4pfzyQ',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional request headers to directs S3 to use specific storage class and use server-side encryption.
response = client.put_object(
Body='HappyFace.jpg',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
ServerSideEncryption='AES256',
StorageClass='STANDARD_IA',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256',
'VersionId': 'CG612hodqujkf8FaaNfp8U..FIhLROcp',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads and object. The request specifies optional canned ACL (access control list) to all READ access to authenticated users. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.
response = client.put_object(
ACL='authenticated-read',
Body='filetoupload',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='exampleobject',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'VersionId': 'Kirh.unyZwjQ69YxcQLA8z4F5j3kJJKr',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads an object to a versioning-enabled bucket. The source file is specified using Windows file syntax. S3 returns VersionId of the newly created object.
response = client.put_object(
Body='HappyFace.jpg',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'VersionId': 'tpf3zF08nBplQK1XLOefGskR7mGDwcDk',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example creates an object. The request also specifies optional metadata. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.
response = client.put_object(
Body='filetoupload',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='exampleobject',
Metadata={
'metadata1': 'value1',
'metadata2': 'value2',
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'VersionId': 'pSKidl4pHBiNwukdbcPXAIs.sshFFOc0',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional object tags. The bucket is versioned, therefore S3 returns version ID of the newly created object.
response = client.put_object(
Body='c:\HappyFace.jpg',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
Tagging='key1=value1&key2=value2',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'VersionId': 'psM2sYY4.o1501dSx8wMvnkOzSBB.V4a',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads and object. The request specifies the optional server-side encryption option. The request also specifies optional object tags. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.
response = client.put_object(
Body='filetoupload',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='exampleobject',
ServerSideEncryption='AES256',
Tagging='key1=value1&key2=value2',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256',
'VersionId': 'Ri.vC6qVlA4dEnjgRV4ZHsHoFIjqEMNt',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide .
Access Permissions
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-ac l. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
Versioning
The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object_acl(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
AccessControlPolicy={
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
Bucket='string',
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Key='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
VersionId='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
A list of grants.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Container for the display name of the owner.
Container for the ID of the owner.
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the ACL.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
Key for which the PUT action was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example adds grants to an object ACL. The first permission grants user1 and user2 FULL_CONTROL and the AllUsers group READ permission.
response = client.put_object_acl(
AccessControlPolicy={
},
Bucket='examplebucket',
GrantFullControl='emailaddress=user1@example.com,emailaddress=user2@example.com',
GrantRead='uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object_legal_hold(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
LegalHold={
'Status': 'ON'|'OFF'
},
RequestPayer='requester',
VersionId='string',
ContentMD5='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the specified object.
Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
The MD5 hash for the request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket.
Note
DefaultRetention requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at the same time.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object_lock_configuration(
Bucket='string',
ObjectLockConfiguration={
'ObjectLockEnabled': 'Enabled',
'Rule': {
'DefaultRetention': {
'Mode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'Days': 123,
'Years': 123
}
}
},
RequestPayer='requester',
Token='string',
ContentMD5='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled.
The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object.
The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket.
The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed in the specified bucket.
The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
The MD5 hash for the request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object_retention(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
Retention={
'Mode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'RetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
RequestPayer='requester',
VersionId='string',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ContentMD5='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to.
The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
The MD5 hash for the request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.
A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging .
For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions . Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.
For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging .
Special Errors
- Code: InternalError
- Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_object_tagging(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
ContentMD5='string',
Tagging={
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
RequestPayer='requester'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Name of the object key.
The MD5 hash for the request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
[REQUIRED]
Container for the TagSet and Tag elements
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'VersionId': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
VersionId (string) --
The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to.
Examples
The following example adds tags to an existing object.
response = client.put_object_tagging(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='HappyFace.jpg',
Tagging={
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'Key3',
'Value': 'Value3',
},
{
'Key': 'Key4',
'Value': 'Value4',
},
],
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'VersionId': 'null',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy .
Warning
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.put_public_access_block(
Bucket='string',
ContentMD5='string',
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration={
'BlockPublicAcls': True|False,
'IgnorePublicAcls': True|False,
'BlockPublicPolicy': True|False,
'RestrictPublicBuckets': True|False
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to set.
The MD5 hash of the PutPublicAccessBlock request body.
For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
[REQUIRED]
The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see The Meaning of "Public" in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes the following behavior:
Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only AWS service principals and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a public policy.
Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
None
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Querying Archives with Select Requests
You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, do the following:
For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
Special Errors
- Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
- Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
- HTTP Status Code: 503
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
Related Resources
SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.restore_object(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
VersionId='string',
RestoreRequest={
'Days': 123,
'GlacierJobParameters': {
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited'
},
'Type': 'SELECT',
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited',
'Description': 'string',
'SelectParameters': {
'InputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'FileHeaderInfo': 'USE'|'IGNORE'|'NONE',
'Comments': 'string',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string',
'AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter': True|False
},
'CompressionType': 'NONE'|'GZIP'|'BZIP2',
'JSON': {
'Type': 'DOCUMENT'|'LINES'
},
'Parquet': {}
},
'ExpressionType': 'SQL',
'Expression': 'string',
'OutputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'QuoteFields': 'ALWAYS'|'ASNEEDED',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string'
},
'JSON': {
'RecordDelimiter': 'string'
}
}
},
'OutputLocation': {
'S3': {
'BucketName': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'EncryptionType': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'KMSKeyId': 'string',
'KMSContext': 'string'
},
'CannedACL': 'private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
'AccessControlList': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Tagging': {
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
'UserMetadata': [
{
'Name': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
],
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS'
}
}
},
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name containing the object to restore.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the action was initiated.
Container for restore job parameters.
Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for select requests.
S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
Type of restore request.
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
The optional description for the job.
Describes the parameters for Select job types.
Describes the serialization format of the object.
Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.
A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed as " a , b ".
A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Type: String
Default: "
Ancestors: CSV
Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance.
Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default Value: NONE.
Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
The expression that is used to query the object.
Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value.
A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('n').
Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value can be used to specify the encryption context for the restore results.
The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
Name of the Object.
Value of the Object.
The class of storage used to store the restore results.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'RestoreOutputPath': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
RestoreOutputPath (string) --
Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results will be restored to.
Exceptions
Examples
The following example restores for one day an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 bucket.
response = client.restore_object(
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='archivedobjectkey',
RestoreRequest={
'Days': 1,
'GlacierJobParameters': {
'Tier': 'Expedited',
},
},
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Permissions
You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Object Data Formats
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
Working with the Response Body
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response .
GetObject Support
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject .
Special Errors
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.select_object_content(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
Expression='string',
ExpressionType='SQL',
RequestProgress={
'Enabled': True|False
},
InputSerialization={
'CSV': {
'FileHeaderInfo': 'USE'|'IGNORE'|'NONE',
'Comments': 'string',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string',
'AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter': True|False
},
'CompressionType': 'NONE'|'GZIP'|'BZIP2',
'JSON': {
'Type': 'DOCUMENT'|'LINES'
},
'Parquet': {}
},
OutputSerialization={
'CSV': {
'QuoteFields': 'ALWAYS'|'ASNEEDED',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string'
},
'JSON': {
'RecordDelimiter': 'string'
}
},
ScanRange={
'Start': 123,
'End': 123
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The S3 bucket.
[REQUIRED]
The object key.
The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys .
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
[REQUIRED]
The expression that is used to query the object.
[REQUIRED]
The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values: TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE.
[REQUIRED]
Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.
A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed as " a , b ".
A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Type: String
Default: "
Ancestors: CSV
Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance.
Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default Value: NONE.
Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
[REQUIRED]
Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value.
A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('n').
Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
ScanRange may be used in the following ways:
Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied, it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange> means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file.
Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange> means scan the last 50 bytes.
dict
The response of this operation contains an EventStream member. When iterated the EventStream will yield events based on the structure below, where only one of the top level keys will be present for any given event.
Response Syntax
{
'Payload': EventStream({
'Records': {
'Payload': b'bytes'
},
'Stats': {
'Details': {
'BytesScanned': 123,
'BytesProcessed': 123,
'BytesReturned': 123
}
},
'Progress': {
'Details': {
'BytesScanned': 123,
'BytesProcessed': 123,
'BytesReturned': 123
}
},
'Cont': {},
'End': {}
})
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Payload (EventStream) --
The array of results.
Records (dict) --
The Records Event.
Payload (bytes) --
The byte array of partial, one or more result records.
Stats (dict) --
The Stats Event.
Details (dict) --
The Stats event details.
BytesScanned (integer) --
The total number of object bytes scanned.
BytesProcessed (integer) --
The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesReturned (integer) --
The total number of bytes of records payload data returned.
Progress (dict) --
The Progress Event.
Details (dict) --
The Progress event details.
BytesScanned (integer) --
The current number of object bytes scanned.
BytesProcessed (integer) --
The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesReturned (integer) --
The current number of bytes of records payload data returned.
Cont (dict) --
The Continuation Event.
End (dict) --
The End Event.
Upload a file to an S3 object.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.meta.client.upload_file('/tmp/hello.txt', 'mybucket', 'hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's upload_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Upload a file-like object to S3.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart upload in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.client('s3')
with open('filename', 'rb') as data:
s3.upload_fileobj(data, 'mybucket', 'mykey')
Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
Note
In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.
You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload ) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request.
Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size limit on the last part of your multipart upload.
To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.
If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then AWS S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5 . For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (AWS Signature Version 4) .
Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.
For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload . For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload .
If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.
Special Errors
- Code: NoSuchUpload
- Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
- HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.upload_part(
Body=b'bytes'|file,
Bucket='string',
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
Key='string',
PartNumber=123,
UploadId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
[REQUIRED]
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'ETag': 'string',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ETag (string) --
Entity tag for the uploaded object.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example uploads part 1 of a multipart upload. The example specifies a file name for the part data. The Upload ID is same that is returned by the initiate multipart upload.
response = client.upload_part(
Body='fileToUpload',
Bucket='examplebucket',
Key='examplelargeobject',
PartNumber='1',
UploadId='xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'ETag': '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Note
Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request.
For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:
Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match , x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match , x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since , and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since :
Versioning
If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source , Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source .
You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:
x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id
Special Errors
- Code: InvalidRequest
- Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
- HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = client.upload_part_copy(
Bucket='string',
CopySource='string' or {'Bucket': 'string', 'Key': 'string', 'VersionId': 'string'},
CopySourceIfMatch='string',
CopySourceIfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceIfNoneMatch='string',
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceRange='string',
Key='string',
PartNumber=123,
UploadId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
ExpectedSourceBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
[REQUIRED]
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CopySourceVersionId': 'string',
'CopyPartResult': {
'ETag': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CopySourceVersionId (string) --
The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning on the source bucket.
CopyPartResult (dict) --
Container for all response elements.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag of the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Examples
The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying data from an existing object as data source.
response = client.upload_part_copy(
Bucket='examplebucket',
CopySource='/bucketname/sourceobjectkey',
Key='examplelargeobject',
PartNumber='1',
UploadId='exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'CopyPartResult': {
'ETag': '"b0c6f0e7e054ab8fa2536a2677f8734d"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 29, 21, 24, 43, 3, 364, 0),
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying a specified byte range from an existing object as data source.
response = client.upload_part_copy(
Bucket='examplebucket',
CopySource='/bucketname/sourceobjectkey',
CopySourceRange='bytes=1-100000',
Key='examplelargeobject',
PartNumber='2',
UploadId='exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--',
)
print(response)
Expected Output:
{
'CopyPartResult': {
'ETag': '"65d16d19e65a7508a51f043180edcc36"',
'LastModified': datetime(2016, 12, 29, 21, 44, 28, 3, 364, 0),
},
'ResponseMetadata': {
'...': '...',
},
}
The available paginators are:
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_multipart_uploads')
Creates an iterator that will paginate through responses from S3.Client.list_multipart_uploads().
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response_iterator = paginator.paginate(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Prefix='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
PaginationConfig={
'MaxItems': 123,
'PageSize': 123,
'StartingToken': 'string'
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Character you use to group keys.
All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes . If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.
A dictionary that provides parameters to control pagination.
The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified in max-items then a NextToken will be provided in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
The size of each page.
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previous response.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Bucket': 'string',
'KeyMarker': 'string',
'UploadIdMarker': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxUploads': 123,
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Uploads': [
{
'UploadId': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'Initiated': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Initiator': {
'ID': 'string',
'DisplayName': 'string'
}
},
],
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url',
'NextToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
KeyMarker (string) --
The key at or after which the listing began.
UploadIdMarker (string) --
Upload ID after which listing began.
Prefix (string) --
When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.
MaxUploads (integer) --
Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the response.
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified by max uploads.
Uploads (list) --
Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can contain zero or more Upload elements.
(dict) --
Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object.
UploadId (string) --
Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
Key (string) --
Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Initiated (datetime) --
Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Initiator (dict) --
Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
ID (string) --
If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
DisplayName (string) --
Name of the Principal.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
Delimiter , KeyMarker , Prefix , NextKeyMarker , Key .
NextToken (string) --
A token to resume pagination.
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_object_versions')
Creates an iterator that will paginate through responses from S3.Client.list_object_versions().
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response_iterator = paginator.paginate(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Prefix='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
PaginationConfig={
'MaxItems': 123,
'PageSize': 123,
'StartingToken': 'string'
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name that contains the objects.
A dictionary that provides parameters to control pagination.
The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified in max-items then a NextToken will be provided in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
The size of each page.
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previous response.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'KeyMarker': 'string',
'VersionIdMarker': 'string',
'Versions': [
{
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD',
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'IsLatest': True|False,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'DeleteMarkers': [
{
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'IsLatest': True|False,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url',
'NextToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the rest of the results.
KeyMarker (string) --
Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.
VersionIdMarker (string) --
Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.
Versions (list) --
Container for version information.
(dict) --
The version of an object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object.
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Key (string) --
The object key.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of an object.
IsLatest (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time the object was last modified.
Owner (dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
DeleteMarkers (list) --
Container for an object that is a delete marker.
(dict) --
Information about the delete marker.
Owner (dict) --
The account that created the delete marker.>
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Key (string) --
The object key.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of an object.
IsLatest (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time the object was last modified.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
Prefix (string) --
Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.
Delimiter (string) --
The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes . These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.
MaxKeys (integer) --
Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key , and Delimiter .
NextToken (string) --
A token to resume pagination.
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_objects')
Creates an iterator that will paginate through responses from S3.Client.list_objects().
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response_iterator = paginator.paginate(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Prefix='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
PaginationConfig={
'MaxItems': 123,
'PageSize': 123,
'StartingToken': 'string'
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the objects.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A dictionary that provides parameters to control pagination.
The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified in max-items then a NextToken will be provided in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
The size of each page.
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previous response.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Marker': 'string',
'NextMarker': 'string',
'Contents': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url',
'NextToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria.
Marker (string) --
Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response if it was sent with the request.
NextMarker (string) --
When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
Contents (list) --
Metadata about each object returned.
(dict) --
An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
Key (string) --
The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
The owner of the object
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
Prefix (string) --
Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.
MaxKeys (integer) --
The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.
CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix.
For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
NextToken (string) --
A token to resume pagination.
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_objects_v2')
Creates an iterator that will paginate through responses from S3.Client.list_objects_v2().
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response_iterator = paginator.paginate(
Bucket='string',
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Prefix='string',
FetchOwner=True|False,
StartAfter='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
PaginationConfig={
'MaxItems': 123,
'PageSize': 123,
'StartingToken': 'string'
}
)
[REQUIRED]
Bucket name to list.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A dictionary that provides parameters to control pagination.
The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified in max-items then a NextToken will be provided in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
The size of each page.
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previous response.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Contents': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
],
'Name': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Delimiter': 'string',
'MaxKeys': 123,
'CommonPrefixes': [
{
'Prefix': 'string'
},
],
'EncodingType': 'url',
'KeyCount': 123,
'ContinuationToken': 'string',
'StartAfter': 'string',
'NextToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.
Contents (list) --
Metadata about each object returned.
(dict) --
An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
Key (string) --
The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ETag (string) --
The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the object
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Owner (dict) --
The owner of the object
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Name (string) --
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Prefix (string) --
Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Delimiter (string) --
Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.
MaxKeys (integer) --
Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
CommonPrefixes (list) --
All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.
CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix .
For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/ ) as in notes/summer/july , the common prefix is notes/summer/ . All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.
(dict) --
Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/.
Prefix (string) --
Container for the specified common prefix.
EncodingType (string) --
Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:
Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter .
KeyCount (integer) --
KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your result will include less than equals 50 keys
ContinuationToken (string) --
If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
StartAfter (string) --
If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
NextToken (string) --
A token to resume pagination.
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_parts')
Creates an iterator that will paginate through responses from S3.Client.list_parts().
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response_iterator = paginator.paginate(
Bucket='string',
Key='string',
UploadId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
PaginationConfig={
'MaxItems': 123,
'PageSize': 123,
'StartingToken': 'string'
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
[REQUIRED]
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
A dictionary that provides parameters to control pagination.
The total number of items to return. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified in max-items then a NextToken will be provided in the output that you can use to resume pagination.
The size of each page.
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previous response.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'AbortDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'AbortRuleId': 'string',
'Bucket': 'string',
'Key': 'string',
'UploadId': 'string',
'PartNumberMarker': 123,
'MaxParts': 123,
'IsTruncated': True|False,
'Parts': [
{
'PartNumber': 123,
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ETag': 'string',
'Size': 123
},
],
'Initiator': {
'ID': 'string',
'DisplayName': 'string'
},
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
},
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'NextToken': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
AbortDate (datetime) --
If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortRuleId (string) --
This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.
Bucket (string) --
The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key (string) --
Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
UploadId (string) --
Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
PartNumberMarker (integer) --
When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
MaxParts (integer) --
Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
IsTruncated (boolean) --
Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.
Parts (list) --
Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain zero or more Part elements.
(dict) --
Container for elements related to a part.
PartNumber (integer) --
Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
Size (integer) --
Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
Initiator (dict) --
Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides the user ARN and display name.
ID (string) --
If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
DisplayName (string) --
Name of the Principal.
Owner (dict) --
Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the parent account ID and display name.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
StorageClass (string) --
Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded object.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
NextToken (string) --
A token to resume pagination.
The available waiters are:
waiter = client.get_waiter('bucket_exists')
Polls S3.Client.head_bucket() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
waiter.wait(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
WaiterConfig={
'Delay': 123,
'MaxAttempts': 123
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A dictionary that provides parameters to control waiting behavior.
The amount of time in seconds to wait between attempts. Default: 5
The maximum number of attempts to be made. Default: 20
None
waiter = client.get_waiter('bucket_not_exists')
Polls S3.Client.head_bucket() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
waiter.wait(
Bucket='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
WaiterConfig={
'Delay': 123,
'MaxAttempts': 123
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket name.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A dictionary that provides parameters to control waiting behavior.
The amount of time in seconds to wait between attempts. Default: 5
The maximum number of attempts to be made. Default: 20
None
waiter = client.get_waiter('object_exists')
Polls S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
waiter.wait(
Bucket='string',
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Key='string',
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
WaiterConfig={
'Delay': 123,
'MaxAttempts': 123
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The object key.
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
A dictionary that provides parameters to control waiting behavior.
The amount of time in seconds to wait between attempts. Default: 5
The maximum number of attempts to be made. Default: 20
None
waiter = client.get_waiter('object_not_exists')
Polls S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
waiter.wait(
Bucket='string',
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Key='string',
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
WaiterConfig={
'Delay': 123,
'MaxAttempts': 123
}
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket containing the object.
When using this action with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .s3-accesspoint.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
When using this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName -AccountId .*outpostID* .s3-outposts.*Region* .amazonaws.com. When using this action using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see Using S3 on Outposts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
[REQUIRED]
The object key.
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
A dictionary that provides parameters to control waiting behavior.
The amount of time in seconds to wait between attempts. Default: 5
The maximum number of attempts to be made. Default: 20
None
A resource representing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3):
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
These are the resource's available collections:
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 buckets .
If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket .
By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket .
Note
If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets .
When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.
Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs . Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-write , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
Note
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket = s3.create_bucket(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read',
Bucket='string',
CreateBucketConfiguration={
'LocationConstraint': 'af-south-1'|'ap-east-1'|'ap-northeast-1'|'ap-northeast-2'|'ap-northeast-3'|'ap-south-1'|'ap-southeast-1'|'ap-southeast-2'|'ca-central-1'|'cn-north-1'|'cn-northwest-1'|'EU'|'eu-central-1'|'eu-north-1'|'eu-south-1'|'eu-west-1'|'eu-west-2'|'eu-west-3'|'me-south-1'|'sa-east-1'|'us-east-2'|'us-gov-east-1'|'us-gov-west-1'|'us-west-1'|'us-west-2'
},
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
ObjectLockEnabledForBucket=True|False
)
[REQUIRED]
The name of the bucket to create.
The configuration information for the bucket.
Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
s3.Bucket
Bucket resource
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a Bucket resource.:
bucket = s3.Bucket('name')
Creates a BucketAcl resource.:
bucket_acl = s3.BucketAcl('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketCors resource.:
bucket_cors = s3.BucketCors('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketLifecycle resource.:
bucket_lifecycle = s3.BucketLifecycle('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketLifecycleConfiguration resource.:
bucket_lifecycle_configuration = s3.BucketLifecycleConfiguration('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketLogging resource.:
bucket_logging = s3.BucketLogging('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketNotification resource.:
bucket_notification = s3.BucketNotification('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketPolicy resource.:
bucket_policy = s3.BucketPolicy('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketRequestPayment resource.:
bucket_request_payment = s3.BucketRequestPayment('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketTagging resource.:
bucket_tagging = s3.BucketTagging('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketVersioning resource.:
bucket_versioning = s3.BucketVersioning('bucket_name')
Creates a BucketWebsite resource.:
bucket_website = s3.BucketWebsite('bucket_name')
Creates a MultipartUpload resource.:
multipart_upload = s3.MultipartUpload('bucket_name','object_key','id')
A MultipartUpload resource
Creates a MultipartUploadPart resource.:
multipart_upload_part = s3.MultipartUploadPart('bucket_name','object_key','multipart_upload_id','part_number')
A MultipartUploadPart resource
Creates a Object resource.:
object = s3.Object('bucket_name','key')
A Object resource
Creates a ObjectAcl resource.:
object_acl = s3.ObjectAcl('bucket_name','object_key')
A ObjectAcl resource
Creates a ObjectSummary resource.:
object_summary = s3.ObjectSummary('bucket_name','key')
A ObjectSummary resource
Creates a ObjectVersion resource.:
object_version = s3.ObjectVersion('bucket_name','object_key','id')
A ObjectVersion resource
Collections
Collections provide an interface to iterate over and manipulate groups of resources. For more information about collections refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A collection of Bucket resources.A Bucket Collection will include all resources by default, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
Creates an iterable of all Bucket resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_iterator = s3.buckets.all()
Creates an iterable of all Bucket resources in the collection filtered by kwargs passed to method.A Bucket collection will include all resources by default if no filters are provided, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_iterator = s3.buckets.filter()
Creates an iterable up to a specified amount of Bucket resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_iterator = s3.buckets.limit()
Creates an iterable of all Bucket resources in the collection, but limits the number of items returned by each service call by the specified amount.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_iterator = s3.buckets.page_size()
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Bucket:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
These are the resource's available collections:
These are the resource's available waiters:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The Bucket's name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(datetime) --
Date the bucket was created. This date can change when making changes to your bucket, such as editing its bucket policy.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Copy an object from one S3 location to an object in this bucket.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart copy in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
copy_source = {
'Bucket': 'mybucket',
'Key': 'mykey'
}
bucket = s3.Bucket('otherbucket')
bucket.copy(copy_source, 'otherkey')
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 buckets .
If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see Create Bucket .
By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see Accessing a bucket .
Note
If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets .
When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.
Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs . Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-write , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access control list (ACL) overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
Note
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket.create(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read',
CreateBucketConfiguration={
'LocationConstraint': 'af-south-1'|'ap-east-1'|'ap-northeast-1'|'ap-northeast-2'|'ap-northeast-3'|'ap-south-1'|'ap-southeast-1'|'ap-southeast-2'|'ca-central-1'|'cn-north-1'|'cn-northwest-1'|'EU'|'eu-central-1'|'eu-north-1'|'eu-south-1'|'eu-west-1'|'eu-west-2'|'eu-west-3'|'me-south-1'|'sa-east-1'|'us-east-2'|'us-gov-east-1'|'us-gov-west-1'|'us-west-1'|'us-west-2'
},
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
ObjectLockEnabledForBucket=True|False
)
The configuration information for the bucket.
Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Location': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Location (string) --
Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need to specify the location.
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete .
Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket.delete_objects(
Delete={
'Objects': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string'
},
],
'Quiet': True|False
},
MFA='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for the request.
The objects to delete.
Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects.
Key name of the object.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, you must set its value to true.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Deleted': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'string'
},
],
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'Errors': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'Code': 'string',
'Message': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Deleted (list) --
Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that was successfully deleted.
(dict) --
Information about the deleted object.
Key (string) --
The name of the deleted object.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the deleted object.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarkerVersionId (string) --
The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Errors (list) --
Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
(dict) --
Container for all error elements.
Key (string) --
The error key.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the error.
Code (string) --
The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type.
Amazon S3 error codes
Message (string) --
The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message.
Download an S3 object to a file.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.Bucket('mybucket').download_file('hello.txt', '/tmp/hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's download_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Download an object from this bucket to a file-like-object.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart download in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('mybucket')
with open('filename', 'wb') as data:
bucket.download_fileobj('mykey', data)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls s3.Client.list_buckets() to update the attributes of the Bucket resource.
Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Note
The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Server-side Encryption
You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.
For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets . For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object = bucket.put_object(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Body=b'bytes'|file,
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Key='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
[REQUIRED]
Object key for which the PUT action was initiated.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see Object Key and Metadata .
In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 and How to Configure Website Page Redirects .
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but do not provide``x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`` , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
s3.Object
Object resource
Upload a file to an S3 object.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.Bucket('mybucket').upload_file('/tmp/hello.txt', 'hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's upload_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Upload a file-like object to this bucket.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart upload in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('mybucket')
with open('filename', 'rb') as data:
bucket.upload_fileobj(data, 'mykey')
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a BucketAcl resource.:
bucket_acl = bucket.Acl()
Creates a BucketCors resource.:
bucket_cors = bucket.Cors()
Creates a BucketLifecycle resource.:
bucket_lifecycle = bucket.Lifecycle()
Creates a BucketLifecycleConfiguration resource.:
bucket_lifecycle_configuration = bucket.LifecycleConfiguration()
Creates a BucketLogging resource.:
bucket_logging = bucket.Logging()
Creates a BucketNotification resource.:
bucket_notification = bucket.Notification()
Creates a Object resource.:
object = bucket.Object('key')
Creates a BucketPolicy resource.:
bucket_policy = bucket.Policy()
Creates a BucketRequestPayment resource.:
bucket_request_payment = bucket.RequestPayment()
Creates a BucketTagging resource.:
bucket_tagging = bucket.Tagging()
Creates a BucketVersioning resource.:
bucket_versioning = bucket.Versioning()
Creates a BucketWebsite resource.:
bucket_website = bucket.Website()
Collections
Collections provide an interface to iterate over and manipulate groups of resources. For more information about collections refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A collection of MultipartUpload resources.A MultipartUpload Collection will include all resources by default, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUpload resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_iterator = bucket.multipart_uploads.all()
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUpload resources in the collection filtered by kwargs passed to method.A MultipartUpload collection will include all resources by default if no filters are provided, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_iterator = bucket.multipart_uploads.filter(
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
KeyMarker='string',
MaxUploads=123,
Prefix='string',
UploadIdMarker='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Character you use to group keys.
All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes . If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.
Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.
If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.
If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker .
list(s3.MultipartUpload)
A list of MultipartUpload resources
Creates an iterable up to a specified amount of MultipartUpload resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_iterator = bucket.multipart_uploads.limit(
count=123
)
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUpload resources in the collection, but limits the number of items returned by each service call by the specified amount.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_iterator = bucket.multipart_uploads.page_size(
count=123
)
A collection of ObjectVersion resources.A ObjectVersion Collection will include all resources by default, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
Creates an iterable of all ObjectVersion resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_version_iterator = bucket.object_versions.all()
This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete .
Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket.object_versions.delete(
MFA='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Deleted': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'string'
},
],
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'Errors': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'Code': 'string',
'Message': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Deleted (list) --
Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that was successfully deleted.
(dict) --
Information about the deleted object.
Key (string) --
The name of the deleted object.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the deleted object.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarkerVersionId (string) --
The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Errors (list) --
Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
(dict) --
Container for all error elements.
Key (string) --
The error key.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the error.
Code (string) --
The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type.
Amazon S3 error codes
Message (string) --
The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message.
Creates an iterable of all ObjectVersion resources in the collection filtered by kwargs passed to method.A ObjectVersion collection will include all resources by default if no filters are provided, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_version_iterator = bucket.object_versions.filter(
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
KeyMarker='string',
MaxKeys=123,
Prefix='string',
VersionIdMarker='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
list(s3.ObjectVersion)
A list of ObjectVersion resources
Creates an iterable up to a specified amount of ObjectVersion resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_version_iterator = bucket.object_versions.limit(
count=123
)
Creates an iterable of all ObjectVersion resources in the collection, but limits the number of items returned by each service call by the specified amount.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_version_iterator = bucket.object_versions.page_size(
count=123
)
A collection of ObjectSummary resources.A ObjectSummary Collection will include all resources by default, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
Creates an iterable of all ObjectSummary resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary_iterator = bucket.objects.all()
This action enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this action provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete action and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.
The action supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the action uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete action encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the action does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete .
Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket.objects.delete(
MFA='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Deleted': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'DeleteMarkerVersionId': 'string'
},
],
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'Errors': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'Code': 'string',
'Message': 'string'
},
]
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Deleted (list) --
Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that was successfully deleted.
(dict) --
Information about the deleted object.
Key (string) --
The name of the deleted object.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the deleted object.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarkerVersionId (string) --
The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header is the version ID of the object version deleted.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Errors (list) --
Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
(dict) --
Container for all error elements.
Key (string) --
The error key.
VersionId (string) --
The version ID of the error.
Code (string) --
The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by type.
Amazon S3 error codes
Message (string) --
The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely to ignore the error message.
Creates an iterable of all ObjectSummary resources in the collection filtered by kwargs passed to method.A ObjectSummary collection will include all resources by default if no filters are provided, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary_iterator = bucket.objects.filter(
Delimiter='string',
EncodingType='url',
Marker='string',
MaxKeys=123,
Prefix='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
list(s3.ObjectSummary)
A list of ObjectSummary resources
Creates an iterable up to a specified amount of ObjectSummary resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary_iterator = bucket.objects.limit(
count=123
)
Creates an iterable of all ObjectSummary resources in the collection, but limits the number of items returned by each service call by the specified amount.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary_iterator = bucket.objects.page_size(
count=123
)
Waiters
Waiters provide an interface to wait for a resource to reach a specific state. For more information about waiters refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Waits until this Bucket is exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.bucket_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_bucket() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket.wait_until_exists(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Waits until this Bucket is not exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.bucket_not_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_bucket() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket.wait_until_not_exists(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketAcl:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_acl = s3.BucketAcl('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketAcl's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
A list of grants.
(dict) --
Container for grant information.
Grantee (dict) --
The person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
(dict) --
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_acl() to update the attributes of the BucketAcl resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_acl.load()
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs . To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Note
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
Access Permissions
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs . Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl . If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_acl.put(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read',
AccessControlPolicy={
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
A list of grants.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Container for the display name of the owner.
Container for the ID of the owner.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_acl() to update the attributes of the BucketAcl resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_acl.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketCors:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_cors = s3.BucketCors('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketCors's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
(dict) --
Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
AllowedHeaders (list) --
Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed.
AllowedMethods (list) --
An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET , PUT , HEAD , POST , and DELETE .
AllowedOrigins (list) --
One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
ExposeHeaders (list) --
One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object).
MaxAgeSeconds (integer) --
The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response for the specified resource.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors , see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_cors.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_cors() to update the attributes of the BucketCors resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_cors.load()
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_cors.put(
CORSConfiguration={
'CORSRules': [
{
'AllowedHeaders': [
'string',
],
'AllowedMethods': [
'string',
],
'AllowedOrigins': [
'string',
],
'ExposeHeaders': [
'string',
],
'MaxAgeSeconds': 123
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that are allowed.
An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET , PUT , HEAD , POST , and DELETE .
One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest object).
The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response for the specified resource.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_cors() to update the attributes of the BucketCors resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_cors.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketLifecycle:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_lifecycle = s3.BucketLifecycle('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketLifecycle's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
Container for a lifecycle rule.
(dict) --
Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference . For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples
Expiration (dict) --
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Date (datetime) --
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker (boolean) --
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ID (string) --
Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix (string) --
Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Status (string) --
If Enabled , the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled , the rule is not currently being applied.
Transition (dict) --
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Date (datetime) --
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
StorageClass (string) --
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
NoncurrentVersionTransition (dict) --
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration (dict) --
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload (dict) --
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
DaysAfterInitiation (integer) --
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.
There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions .
Related actions include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_lifecycle.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_lifecycle() to update the attributes of the BucketLifecycle resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_lifecycle.load()
Warning
For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration . This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration .
Related Resources
Danger
This operation is deprecated and may not function as expected. This operation should not be used going forward and is only kept for the purpose of backwards compatiblity.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_lifecycle.put(
LifecycleConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transition': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionTransition': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket.
Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference . For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
If Enabled , the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled , the rule is not currently being applied.
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The class of storage used to store the object.
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_lifecycle() to update the attributes of the BucketLifecycle resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_lifecycle.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketLifecycleConfiguration:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_lifecycle_configuration = s3.BucketLifecycleConfiguration('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketLifecycleConfiguration's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
Container for a lifecycle rule.
(dict) --
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
Expiration (dict) --
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Date (datetime) --
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker (boolean) --
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ID (string) --
Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is No longer used; use Filter instead.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Filter (dict) --
The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix , Tag , or And specified.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Tag (dict) --
This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
And (dict) --
This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
Prefix (string) --
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Tags (list) --
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Status (string) --
If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently being applied.
Transitions (list) --
Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
(dict) --
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Date (datetime) --
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Days (integer) --
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
StorageClass (string) --
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
NoncurrentVersionTransitions (list) --
Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
(dict) --
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
StorageClass (string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration (dict) --
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentDays (integer) --
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload (dict) --
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
DaysAfterInitiation (integer) --
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.
There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions .
Related actions include:
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_lifecycle_configuration.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration() to update the attributes of the BucketLifecycleConfiguration resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_lifecycle_configuration.load()
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
Note
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle .
Rules
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule consists of the following:
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements .
Permissions
By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_lifecycle_configuration.put(
LifecycleConfiguration={
'Rules': [
{
'Expiration': {
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker': True|False
},
'ID': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Filter': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tag': {
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
'And': {
'Prefix': 'string',
'Tags': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
},
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Transitions': [
{
'Date': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'Days': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionTransitions': [
{
'NoncurrentDays': 123,
'StorageClass': 'GLACIER'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'
},
],
'NoncurrentVersionExpiration': {
'NoncurrentDays': 123
},
'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload': {
'DaysAfterInitiation': 123
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is No longer used; use Filter instead.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix , Tag , or And specified.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is not currently being applied.
Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects transition to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA , ONEZONE_IA , INTELLIGENT_TIERING , GLACIER , or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The class of storage used to store the object.
Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart upload.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration() to update the attributes of the BucketLifecycleConfiguration resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_lifecycle_configuration.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketLogging:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_logging = s3.BucketLogging('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketLogging's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(dict) --
Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
TargetBucket (string) --
Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key.
TargetGrants (list) --
Container for granting information.
(dict) --
Container for granting information.
Grantee (dict) --
Container for the person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket.
TargetPrefix (string) --
A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_logging() to update the attributes of the BucketLogging resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_logging.load()
Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
<BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" />
For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging .
For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket . For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging .
The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_logging.put(
BucketLoggingStatus={
'LoggingEnabled': {
'TargetBucket': 'string',
'TargetGrants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'READ'|'WRITE'
},
],
'TargetPrefix': 'string'
}
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for logging status information.
Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference .
Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered log files can be distinguished by key.
Container for granting information.
Container for granting information.
Container for the person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket.
A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which log files came from which bucket.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_logging() to update the attributes of the BucketLogging resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_logging.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketNotification:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_notification = s3.BucketNotification('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketNotification's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them.
(dict) --
A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
LambdaFunctionArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the specified event type occurs.
Events (list) --
The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
(list) --
The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events for which to publish messages.
(dict) --
Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
QueueArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Events (list) --
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
(list) --
The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications are generated.
(dict) --
A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
Id (string) --
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
TopicArn (string) --
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Events (list) --
The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
(string) --
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Filter (dict) --
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Key (dict) --
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
FilterRules (list) --
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
(dict) --
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
Name (string) --
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Value (string) --
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_notification_configuration() to update the attributes of the BucketNotification resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_notification.load()
Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications .
Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration .
<NotificationConfiguration>
</NotificationConfiguration>
This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.
After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events .
You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
Note
The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
Responses
If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_notification.put(
NotificationConfiguration={
'TopicConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'TopicArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'QueueConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'QueueArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
],
'LambdaFunctionConfigurations': [
{
'Id': 'string',
'LambdaFunctionArn': 'string',
'Events': [
's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject'|'s3:ObjectCreated:*'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Put'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Post'|'s3:ObjectCreated:Copy'|'s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:*'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete'|'s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated'|'s3:ObjectRestore:*'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Post'|'s3:ObjectRestore:Completed'|'s3:Replication:*'|'s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication'|'s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked'|'s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold'|'s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold',
],
'Filter': {
'Key': {
'FilterRules': [
{
'Name': 'prefix'|'suffix',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
}
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications are generated.
A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events for which to publish messages.
Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them.
A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes when the specified event type occurs.
The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For more information, see Supported Event Types in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The bucket event for which to send notifications.
Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_notification_configuration() to update the attributes of the BucketNotification resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_notification.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketPolicy:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_policy = s3.BucketPolicy('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketPolicy's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
The bucket policy as a JSON document.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
This implementation of the DELETE action uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Warning
As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.
For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_policy.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_policy() to update the attributes of the BucketPolicy resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_policy.load()
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Warning
As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.
For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies .
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_policy.put(
ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess=True|False,
Policy='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
The bucket policy as a JSON document.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_policy() to update the attributes of the BucketPolicy resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_policy.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketRequestPayment:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_request_payment = s3.BucketRequestPayment('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketRequestPayment's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_request_payment() to update the attributes of the BucketRequestPayment resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_request_payment.load()
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets .
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_request_payment.put(
RequestPaymentConfiguration={
'Payer': 'Requester'|'BucketOwner'
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for Payer.
Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_request_payment() to update the attributes of the BucketRequestPayment resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_request_payment.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketTagging:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_tagging = s3.BucketTagging('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketTagging's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
Contains the tag set.
(dict) --
A container of a key value name pair.
Key (string) --
Name of the object key.
Value (string) --
Value of the tag.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_tagging.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_tagging() to update the attributes of the BucketTagging resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_tagging.load()
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging .
Note
Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags .
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources .
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors:
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_tagging.put(
Tagging={
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_tagging() to update the attributes of the BucketTagging resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_tagging.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketVersioning:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_versioning = s3.BucketVersioning('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketVersioning's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
(string) --
The versioning state of the bucket.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
Enabled —Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
Suspended —Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
Warning
If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_versioning.enable(
MFA='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
None
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_versioning() to update the attributes of the BucketVersioning resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_versioning.load()
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
Enabled —Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
Suspended —Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
Warning
If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_versioning.put(
MFA='string',
VersioningConfiguration={
'MFADelete': 'Enabled'|'Disabled',
'Status': 'Enabled'|'Suspended'
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for setting the versioning state.
Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
The versioning state of the bucket.
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_versioning() to update the attributes of the BucketVersioning resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_versioning.reload()
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
Enabled —Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
Suspended —Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
Warning
If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_versioning.suspend(
MFA='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
None
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) BucketWebsite:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket_website = s3.BucketWebsite('bucket_name')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The BucketWebsite's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(dict) --
The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.
Key (string) --
The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
(dict) --
The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html ).
Suffix (string) --
A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
(dict) --
Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of an Amazon S3 bucket.
HostName (string) --
Name of the host where requests are redirected.
Protocol (string) --
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
(list) --
Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
(dict) --
Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Condition (dict) --
A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals (string) --
The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
KeyPrefixEquals (string) --
The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for ExamplePage.html , the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html . To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/ , the key prefix will be /docs , which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Redirect (dict) --
Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.
HostName (string) --
The host name to use in the redirect request.
HttpRedirectCode (string) --
The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the siblings is present.
Protocol (string) --
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith (string) --
The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to documents/ , you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
ReplaceKeyWith (string) --
The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to error.html . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 .
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_website.delete(
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_website() to update the attributes of the BucketWebsite resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_website.load()
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 .
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = bucket_website.put(
WebsiteConfiguration={
'ErrorDocument': {
'Key': 'string'
},
'IndexDocument': {
'Suffix': 'string'
},
'RedirectAllRequestsTo': {
'HostName': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https'
},
'RoutingRules': [
{
'Condition': {
'HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals': 'string',
'KeyPrefixEquals': 'string'
},
'Redirect': {
'HostName': 'string',
'HttpRedirectCode': 'string',
'Protocol': 'http'|'https',
'ReplaceKeyPrefixWith': 'string',
'ReplaceKeyWith': 'string'
}
},
]
},
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
[REQUIRED]
Container for the request.
The name of the error document for the website.
The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The name of the index document for the website.
A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.
Warning
If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.
Name of the host where requests are redirected.
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to redirect requests for ExamplePage.html , the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html . To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/ , the key prefix will be /docs , which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the redirect to be applied.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, you can specify a different error code to return.
The host name to use in the redirect request.
The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the siblings is present.
Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that is used in the original request.
The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to documents/ , you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect request to error.html . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
Warning
Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints .
None
Calls S3.Client.get_bucket_website() to update the attributes of the BucketWebsite resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
bucket_website.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) MultipartUpload:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
multipart_upload = s3.MultipartUpload('bucket_name','object_key','id')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
These are the resource's available collections:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The MultipartUpload's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The MultipartUpload's object_key identifier. This must be set.
(string) The MultipartUpload's id identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(datetime) --
Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
(dict) --
Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
ID (string) --
If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
DisplayName (string) --
Name of the Principal.
(string) --
Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
(dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
(string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
(string) --
Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
This action aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts action and ensure that the parts list is empty.
For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = multipart_upload.abort(
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this action to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This action concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned after that part was uploaded.
Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded.
Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices .
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload .
For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object = multipart_upload.complete(
MultipartUpload={
'Parts': [
{
'ETag': 'string',
'PartNumber': 123
},
]
},
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The container for the multipart upload request information.
Array of CompletedPart data types.
Details of the parts that were uploaded.
Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
s3.Object
Object resource
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a Object resource.:
object = multipart_upload.Object()
Creates a MultipartUploadPart resource.:
multipart_upload_part = multipart_upload.Part('part_number')
Collections
Collections provide an interface to iterate over and manipulate groups of resources. For more information about collections refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A collection of MultipartUploadPart resources.A MultipartUploadPart Collection will include all resources by default, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUploadPart resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_part_iterator = multipart_upload.parts.all()
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUploadPart resources in the collection filtered by kwargs passed to method.A MultipartUploadPart collection will include all resources by default if no filters are provided, and extreme caution should be taken when performing actions on all resources.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_part_iterator = multipart_upload.parts.filter(
MaxParts=123,
PartNumberMarker=123,
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
list(s3.MultipartUploadPart)
A list of MultipartUploadPart resources
Creates an iterable up to a specified amount of MultipartUploadPart resources in the collection.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_part_iterator = multipart_upload.parts.limit(
count=123
)
Creates an iterable of all MultipartUploadPart resources in the collection, but limits the number of items returned by each service call by the specified amount.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload_part_iterator = multipart_upload.parts.page_size(
count=123
)
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) MultipartUploadPart:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
multipart_upload_part = s3.MultipartUploadPart('bucket_name','object_key','multipart_upload_id','part_number')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The MultipartUploadPart's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The MultipartUploadPart's object_key identifier. This must be set.
(string) The MultipartUploadPart's multipart_upload_id identifier. This must be set.
(string) The MultipartUploadPart's part_number identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
(datetime) --
Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
(integer) --
Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Note
Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action and provide data in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request.
For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:
Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match , x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match , x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since , and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since :
Versioning
If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source , Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source .
You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:
x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id
Special Errors
- Code: InvalidRequest
- Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
- HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = multipart_upload_part.copy_from(
CopySource='string' or {'Bucket': 'string', 'Key': 'string', 'VersionId': 'string'},
CopySourceIfMatch='string',
CopySourceIfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceIfNoneMatch='string',
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceRange='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
ExpectedSourceBucketOwner='string'
)
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CopySourceVersionId': 'string',
'CopyPartResult': {
'ETag': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CopySourceVersionId (string) --
The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning on the source bucket.
CopyPartResult (dict) --
Container for all response elements.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag of the object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
Note
In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.
You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload ) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request.
Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size limit on the last part of your multipart upload.
To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.
If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then AWS S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5 . For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (AWS Signature Version 4) .
Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.
For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload . For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload .
If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.
Special Errors
- Code: NoSuchUpload
- Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
- HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = multipart_upload_part.upload(
Body=b'bytes'|file,
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'ETag': 'string',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ETag (string) --
Entity tag for the uploaded object.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a MultipartUpload resource.:
multipart_upload = multipart_upload_part.MultipartUpload()
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Object:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
object = s3.Object('bucket_name','key')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
These are the resource's available waiters:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The Object's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The Object's key identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
(string) --
The archive state of the head object.
(boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
(string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
(string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
(string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
(string) --
The language the content is in.
(integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
(string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
(boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
(string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
(string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
(datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
(datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
(dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
(integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
(string) --
Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
(string) --
The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
(datetime) --
The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
(integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
(string) --
Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.
In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (GetObject ) or object metadata (HeadObject ) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows:
For more information, see Replication .
(string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
(string) --
If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.
If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT"
If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true" .
For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: General Considerations .
(string) --
If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
(string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
(string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
(string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
(string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
For more information, see Storage Classes .
(string) --
Version of the object.
(string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Copy an object from one S3 location to this object.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart copy in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
copy_source = {
'Bucket': 'mybucket',
'Key': 'mykey'
}
bucket = s3.Bucket('otherbucket')
obj = bucket.Object('otherkey')
obj.copy(copy_source)
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
Note
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API .
All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication . Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
Note
If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing .
Warning
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration .
Metadata
When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs .
To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide . For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3 .
** x-amz-copy-source-if Headers**
To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
Note
All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed.
Server-side encryption
When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource.
If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.
If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject .
The following operations are related to CopyObject :
For more information, see Copying Objects .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object.copy_from(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
CopySource='string' or {'Bucket': 'string', 'Key': 'string', 'VersionId': 'string'},
CopySourceIfMatch='string',
CopySourceIfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceIfNoneMatch='string',
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
MetadataDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
TaggingDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
ExpectedSourceBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CopyObjectResult': {
'ETag': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
'Expiration': 'string',
'CopySourceVersionId': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CopyObjectResult (dict) --
Container for all response elements.
ETag (string) --
Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag is identical for a successfully copied non-multipart object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
CopySourceVersionId (string) --
Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of the newly created copy.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker , to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.
For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete . To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request .
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle ) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
The following action is related to DeleteObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object.delete(
MFA='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'VersionId': 'string',
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker.
VersionId (string) --
Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Download an S3 object to a file.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.Object('mybucket', 'hello.txt').download_file('/tmp/hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's download_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Download this object from S3 to a file-like object.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart download in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('mybucket')
obj = bucket.Object('mykey')
with open('filename', 'wb') as data:
obj.download_fileobj(data)
Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET , you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.
An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg , you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg .
To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket , specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification .
To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent . For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl .
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject . Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects .
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
Versioning
By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Note
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning .
Overriding Response Header Values
There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.
You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type , Content-Language , Expires , Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , and Content-Encoding . To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
Note
You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Additional Considerations about Request Headers
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
The following operations are related to GetObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object.get(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
ResponseCacheControl='string',
ResponseContentDisposition='string',
ResponseContentEncoding='string',
ResponseContentLanguage='string',
ResponseContentType='string',
ResponseExpires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Body': StreamingBody(),
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentRange': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'TagCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Body (StreamingBody) --
Object data.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the restored object copy.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentRange (string) --
The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule.
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
TagCount (integer) --
The number of tags, if any, on the object.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart ). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview .
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) .
Note
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload .
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the kms:Encrypt , kms:Decrypt , kms:ReEncrypt* , kms:GenerateDataKey* , and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload.
If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption .
Access Permissions
When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers
You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.
Note
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data.
Warning
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs . With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload = object.initiate_multipart_upload(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
s3.MultipartUpload
MultipartUpload resource
Calls S3.Client.head_object() to update the attributes of the Object resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object.load()
Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Note
The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Server-side Encryption
You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.
For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets . For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object.put(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Body=b'bytes'|file,
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see Object Key and Metadata .
In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 and How to Configure Website Page Redirects .
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but do not provide``x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`` , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Expiration': 'string',
'ETag': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'VersionId': 'string',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Expiration (string) --
If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Calls S3.Client.head_object() to update the attributes of the Object resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object.reload()
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Querying Archives with Select Requests
You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, do the following:
For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
Special Errors
- Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
- Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
- HTTP Status Code: 503
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
Related Resources
SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object.restore_object(
VersionId='string',
RestoreRequest={
'Days': 123,
'GlacierJobParameters': {
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited'
},
'Type': 'SELECT',
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited',
'Description': 'string',
'SelectParameters': {
'InputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'FileHeaderInfo': 'USE'|'IGNORE'|'NONE',
'Comments': 'string',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string',
'AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter': True|False
},
'CompressionType': 'NONE'|'GZIP'|'BZIP2',
'JSON': {
'Type': 'DOCUMENT'|'LINES'
},
'Parquet': {}
},
'ExpressionType': 'SQL',
'Expression': 'string',
'OutputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'QuoteFields': 'ALWAYS'|'ASNEEDED',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string'
},
'JSON': {
'RecordDelimiter': 'string'
}
}
},
'OutputLocation': {
'S3': {
'BucketName': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'EncryptionType': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'KMSKeyId': 'string',
'KMSContext': 'string'
},
'CannedACL': 'private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
'AccessControlList': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Tagging': {
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
'UserMetadata': [
{
'Name': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
],
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS'
}
}
},
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Container for restore job parameters.
Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for select requests.
S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
Type of restore request.
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
The optional description for the job.
Describes the parameters for Select job types.
Describes the serialization format of the object.
Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.
A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed as " a , b ".
A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Type: String
Default: "
Ancestors: CSV
Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance.
Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default Value: NONE.
Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
The expression that is used to query the object.
Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value.
A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('n').
Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value can be used to specify the encryption context for the restore results.
The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
Name of the Object.
Value of the Object.
The class of storage used to store the restore results.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'RestoreOutputPath': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
RestoreOutputPath (string) --
Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results will be restored to.
Upload a file to an S3 object.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
s3.Object('mybucket', 'hello.txt').upload_file('/tmp/hello.txt')
Similar behavior as S3Transfer's upload_file() method, except that parameters are capitalized. Detailed examples can be found at S3Transfer's Usage.
Upload a file-like object to this object.
The file-like object must be in binary mode.
This is a managed transfer which will perform a multipart upload in multiple threads if necessary.
Usage:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('mybucket')
obj = bucket.Object('mykey')
with open('filename', 'rb') as data:
obj.upload_fileobj(data)
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a ObjectAcl resource.:
object_acl = object.Acl()
Creates a Bucket resource.:
bucket = object.Bucket()
Creates a MultipartUpload resource.:
multipart_upload = object.MultipartUpload('id')
Creates a ObjectVersion resource.:
object_version = object.Version('id')
Waiters
Waiters provide an interface to wait for a resource to reach a specific state. For more information about waiters refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Waits until this Object is exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.object_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object.wait_until_exists(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
None
Waits until this Object is not exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.object_not_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object.wait_until_not_exists(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
None
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) ObjectAcl:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
object_acl = s3.ObjectAcl('bucket_name','object_key')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The ObjectAcl's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The ObjectAcl's object_key identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(list) --
A list of grants.
(dict) --
Container for grant information.
Grantee (dict) --
The person being granted permissions.
DisplayName (string) --
Screen name of the grantee.
EmailAddress (string) --
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
ID (string) --
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type (string) --
Type of grantee
URI (string) --
URI of the grantee group.
Permission (string) --
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
(dict) --
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
(string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
Calls S3.Client.get_object_acl() to update the attributes of the ObjectAcl resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_acl.load()
Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide .
Access Permissions
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-ac l. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL .
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Grantee Values
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
Versioning
The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_acl.put(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
AccessControlPolicy={
'Grants': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Owner': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'ID': 'string'
}
},
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWrite='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
VersionId='string',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
A list of grants.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Container for the display name of the owner.
Container for the ID of the owner.
Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Calls S3.Client.get_object_acl() to update the attributes of the ObjectAcl resource. Note that the load and reload methods are the same method and can be used interchangeably.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_acl.reload()
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) ObjectSummary:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
object_summary = s3.ObjectSummary('bucket_name','key')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
These are the resource's available waiters:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The ObjectSummary's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The ObjectSummary's key identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
(datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
(dict) --
The owner of the object
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
(integer) --
Size in bytes of the object
(string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
Note
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API .
All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see REST Authentication . Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
Note
If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing .
Warning
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration .
Metadata
When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs .
To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying Conditions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide . For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3 .
** x-amz-copy-source-if Headers**
To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:
If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
Note
All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed.
Server-side encryption
When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId subresource.
If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.
If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see RestoreObject .
The following operations are related to CopyObject :
For more information, see Copying Objects .
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_summary.copy_from(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
CopySource='string' or {'Bucket': 'string', 'Key': 'string', 'VersionId': 'string'},
CopySourceIfMatch='string',
CopySourceIfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
CopySourceIfNoneMatch='string',
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
MetadataDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
TaggingDirective='COPY'|'REPLACE',
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
CopySourceSSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string',
ExpectedSourceBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'CopyObjectResult': {
'ETag': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1)
},
'Expiration': 'string',
'CopySourceVersionId': 'string',
'VersionId': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
CopyObjectResult (dict) --
Container for all response elements.
ETag (string) --
Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag is identical for a successfully copied non-multipart object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
CopySourceVersionId (string) --
Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
VersionId (string) --
Version ID of the newly created copy.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker , to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.
For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete . To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request .
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle ) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
The following action is related to DeleteObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_summary.delete(
MFA='string',
VersionId='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'VersionId': 'string',
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker.
VersionId (string) --
Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET , you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.
An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg , you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg .
To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket , specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification .
To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent . For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl .
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject . Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects .
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
Versioning
By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Note
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning .
Overriding Response Header Values
There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.
You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type , Content-Language , Expires , Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , and Content-Encoding . To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
Note
You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Additional Considerations about Request Headers
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
The following operations are related to GetObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_summary.get(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
ResponseCacheControl='string',
ResponseContentDisposition='string',
ResponseContentEncoding='string',
ResponseContentLanguage='string',
ResponseContentType='string',
ResponseExpires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Body': StreamingBody(),
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentRange': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'TagCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Body (StreamingBody) --
Object data.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the restored object copy.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentRange (string) --
The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule.
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
TagCount (integer) --
The number of tags, if any, on the object.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart ). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview .
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy .
For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions .
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) .
Note
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using CreateMultipartUpload .
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the kms:Encrypt , kms:Decrypt , kms:ReEncrypt* , kms:GenerateDataKey* , and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload.
If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption .
Access Permissions
When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers
You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.
Note
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data.
Warning
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS .
Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You also can use the following access control–related headers with this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see Using ACLs . With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following two methods:
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
- US East (N. Virginia)
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:
x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
multipart_upload = object_summary.initiate_multipart_upload(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
s3.MultipartUpload
MultipartUpload resource
Calls s3.Client.head_object to update the attributes of the ObjectSummary resource.
Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Note
The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
Server-side Encryption
You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption .
If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API .
Storage Class Options
By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide .
Versioning
If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.
For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets . For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning .
Related Resources
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_summary.put(
ACL='private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
Body=b'bytes'|file,
CacheControl='string',
ContentDisposition='string',
ContentEncoding='string',
ContentLanguage='string',
ContentLength=123,
ContentMD5='string',
ContentType='string',
Expires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
GrantFullControl='string',
GrantRead='string',
GrantReadACP='string',
GrantWriteACP='string',
Metadata={
'string': 'string'
},
ServerSideEncryption='AES256'|'aws:kms',
StorageClass='STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
WebsiteRedirectLocation='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
SSEKMSKeyId='string',
SSEKMSEncryptionContext='string',
BucketKeyEnabled=True|False,
RequestPayer='requester',
Tagging='string',
ObjectLockMode='GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus='ON'|'OFF',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL .
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see Object Key and Metadata .
In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:
x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 and How to Configure Website Page Redirects .
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but do not provide``x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`` , Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.
Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Expiration': 'string',
'ETag': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'VersionId': 'string',
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'SSEKMSEncryptionContext': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Expiration (string) --
If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
ETag (string) --
Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms , this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext (string) --
If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Querying Archives with Select Requests
You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see Querying Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, do the following:
For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
When making a select request, you can also do the following:
The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
Restoring objects
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide .
Responses
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
Special Errors
- Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
- Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
- HTTP Status Code: 503
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
Related Resources
SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_summary.restore_object(
VersionId='string',
RestoreRequest={
'Days': 123,
'GlacierJobParameters': {
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited'
},
'Type': 'SELECT',
'Tier': 'Standard'|'Bulk'|'Expedited',
'Description': 'string',
'SelectParameters': {
'InputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'FileHeaderInfo': 'USE'|'IGNORE'|'NONE',
'Comments': 'string',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string',
'AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter': True|False
},
'CompressionType': 'NONE'|'GZIP'|'BZIP2',
'JSON': {
'Type': 'DOCUMENT'|'LINES'
},
'Parquet': {}
},
'ExpressionType': 'SQL',
'Expression': 'string',
'OutputSerialization': {
'CSV': {
'QuoteFields': 'ALWAYS'|'ASNEEDED',
'QuoteEscapeCharacter': 'string',
'RecordDelimiter': 'string',
'FieldDelimiter': 'string',
'QuoteCharacter': 'string'
},
'JSON': {
'RecordDelimiter': 'string'
}
}
},
'OutputLocation': {
'S3': {
'BucketName': 'string',
'Prefix': 'string',
'Encryption': {
'EncryptionType': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'KMSKeyId': 'string',
'KMSContext': 'string'
},
'CannedACL': 'private'|'public-read'|'public-read-write'|'authenticated-read'|'aws-exec-read'|'bucket-owner-read'|'bucket-owner-full-control',
'AccessControlList': [
{
'Grantee': {
'DisplayName': 'string',
'EmailAddress': 'string',
'ID': 'string',
'Type': 'CanonicalUser'|'AmazonCustomerByEmail'|'Group',
'URI': 'string'
},
'Permission': 'FULL_CONTROL'|'WRITE'|'WRITE_ACP'|'READ'|'READ_ACP'
},
],
'Tagging': {
'TagSet': [
{
'Key': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
]
},
'UserMetadata': [
{
'Name': 'string',
'Value': 'string'
},
],
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS'
}
}
},
RequestPayer='requester',
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Container for restore job parameters.
Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for select requests.
S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores that specify OutputLocation .
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
Type of restore request.
Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
The optional description for the job.
Describes the parameters for Select job types.
Describes the serialization format of the object.
Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to indicate a comment line.
A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed as " a , b ".
A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Type: String
Default: "
Ancestors: CSV
Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value to TRUE may lower performance.
Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default Value: NONE.
Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
The expression that is used to query the object.
Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already escaped value.
A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " .
Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('n').
Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value can be used to specify the encryption context for the restore results.
The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
Container for grant information.
The person being granted permissions.
Screen name of the grantee.
Email address of the grantee.
Note
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
The canonical user ID of the grantee.
Type of grantee
URI of the grantee group.
Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
A collection for a set of tags
A container of a key value name pair.
Name of the object key.
Value of the tag.
A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
Name of the Object.
Value of the Object.
The class of storage used to store the restore results.
dict
Response Syntax
{
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'RestoreOutputPath': 'string'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
RestoreOutputPath (string) --
Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results will be restored to.
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Creates a ObjectAcl resource.:
object_acl = object_summary.Acl()
Creates a Bucket resource.:
bucket = object_summary.Bucket()
Creates a MultipartUpload resource.:
multipart_upload = object_summary.MultipartUpload('id')
Creates a Object resource.:
object = object_summary.Object()
Creates a ObjectVersion resource.:
object_version = object_summary.Version('id')
Waiters
Waiters provide an interface to wait for a resource to reach a specific state. For more information about waiters refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Waits until this ObjectSummary is exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.object_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary.wait_until_exists(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
None
Waits until this ObjectSummary is not exists. This method calls S3.Waiter.object_not_exists.wait() which polls. S3.Client.head_object() every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 20 failed checks.
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
object_summary.wait_until_not_exists(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
VersionId='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
None
A resource representing an Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) ObjectVersion:
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
object_version = s3.ObjectVersion('bucket_name','object_key','id')
These are the resource's available identifiers:
These are the resource's available attributes:
These are the resource's available actions:
These are the resource's available sub-resources:
Identifiers
Identifiers are properties of a resource that are set upon instantation of the resource. For more information about identifiers refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) The ObjectVersion's bucket_name identifier. This must be set.
(string) The ObjectVersion's object_key identifier. This must be set.
(string) The ObjectVersion's id identifier. This must be set.
Attributes
Attributes provide access to the properties of a resource. Attributes are lazy-loaded the first time one is accessed via the load() method. For more information about attributes refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
(string) --
The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
(boolean) --
Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version of an object.
(string) --
The object key.
(datetime) --
Date and time the object was last modified.
(dict) --
Specifies the owner of the object.
DisplayName (string) --
Container for the display name of the owner.
ID (string) --
Container for the ID of the owner.
(integer) --
Size in bytes of the object.
(string) --
The class of storage used to store the object.
(string) --
Version ID of an object.
Actions
Actions call operations on resources. They may automatically handle the passing in of arguments set from identifiers and some attributes. For more information about actions refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, x-amz-delete-marker , to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS.
For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete . To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request .
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or configure its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle ) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
The following action is related to DeleteObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_version.delete(
MFA='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
BypassGovernanceRetention=True|False,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'VersionId': 'string',
'RequestCharged': 'requester'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker.
VersionId (string) --
Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET , you must have READ access to the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.
An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object sample.jpg , you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg .
To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , specify the resource as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket , specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification .
To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent . For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl .
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject . Otherwise, this action returns an InvalidObjectStateError error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects .
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
Versioning
By default, the GET action returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
Note
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning .
Overriding Response Header Values
There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.
You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are Content-Type , Content-Language , Expires , Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , and Content-Encoding . To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
Note
You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Additional Considerations about Request Headers
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
The following operations are related to GetObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_version.get(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
ResponseCacheControl='string',
ResponseContentDisposition='string',
ResponseContentEncoding='string',
ResponseContentLanguage='string',
ResponseContentType='string',
ResponseExpires=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'Body': StreamingBody(),
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentRange': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'TagCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
Body (StreamingBody) --
Object data.
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the restored object copy.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentRange (string) --
The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule.
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
TagCount (integer) --
The number of tags, if any, on the object.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
Returns a list of all the available sub-resources for this Resource.
The HEAD action retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This action is useful if you're only interested in an object's metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET action on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic 404 Not Found or 403 Forbidden code. It is not possible to retrieve the exact exception beyond these error codes.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) .
Note
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers .
Consider the following when using request headers:
Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 .
Permissions
You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy . If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
The following action is related to HeadObject :
See also: AWS API Documentation
Request Syntax
response = object_version.head(
IfMatch='string',
IfModifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
IfNoneMatch='string',
IfUnmodifiedSince=datetime(2015, 1, 1),
Range='string',
SSECustomerAlgorithm='string',
SSECustomerKey='string',
RequestPayer='requester',
PartNumber=123,
ExpectedBucketOwner='string'
)
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 .
Note
Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
Please note that this parameter is automatically populated if it is not provided. Including this parameter is not required
dict
Response Syntax
{
'DeleteMarker': True|False,
'AcceptRanges': 'string',
'Expiration': 'string',
'Restore': 'string',
'ArchiveStatus': 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS',
'LastModified': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ContentLength': 123,
'ETag': 'string',
'MissingMeta': 123,
'VersionId': 'string',
'CacheControl': 'string',
'ContentDisposition': 'string',
'ContentEncoding': 'string',
'ContentLanguage': 'string',
'ContentType': 'string',
'Expires': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'WebsiteRedirectLocation': 'string',
'ServerSideEncryption': 'AES256'|'aws:kms',
'Metadata': {
'string': 'string'
},
'SSECustomerAlgorithm': 'string',
'SSECustomerKeyMD5': 'string',
'SSEKMSKeyId': 'string',
'BucketKeyEnabled': True|False,
'StorageClass': 'STANDARD'|'REDUCED_REDUNDANCY'|'STANDARD_IA'|'ONEZONE_IA'|'INTELLIGENT_TIERING'|'GLACIER'|'DEEP_ARCHIVE'|'OUTPOSTS',
'RequestCharged': 'requester',
'ReplicationStatus': 'COMPLETE'|'PENDING'|'FAILED'|'REPLICA',
'PartsCount': 123,
'ObjectLockMode': 'GOVERNANCE'|'COMPLIANCE',
'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate': datetime(2015, 1, 1),
'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus': 'ON'|'OFF'
}
Response Structure
(dict) --
DeleteMarker (boolean) --
Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
AcceptRanges (string) --
Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
Expiration (string) --
If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Restore (string) --
If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.
If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT"
If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true" .
For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: General Considerations .
ArchiveStatus (string) --
The archive state of the head object.
LastModified (datetime) --
Creation date of the object.
ContentLength (integer) --
Size of the body in bytes.
ETag (string) --
An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.
MissingMeta (integer) --
This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
VersionId (string) --
Version of the object.
CacheControl (string) --
Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
ContentDisposition (string) --
Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentEncoding (string) --
Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
ContentLanguage (string) --
The language the content is in.
ContentType (string) --
A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
Expires (datetime) --
The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
WebsiteRedirectLocation (string) --
If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
ServerSideEncryption (string) --
If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
Metadata (dict) --
A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
SSECustomerAlgorithm (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm used.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 (string) --
If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSEKMSKeyId (string) --
If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.
BucketKeyEnabled (boolean) --
Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with AWS KMS (SSE-KMS).
StorageClass (string) --
Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
For more information, see Storage Classes .
RequestCharged (string) --
If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.
ReplicationStatus (string) --
Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.
In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (GetObject ) or object metadata (HeadObject ) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows:
For more information, see Replication .
PartsCount (integer) --
The count of parts this object has.
ObjectLockMode (string) --
The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate (datetime) --
The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus (string) --
Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock .
Sub-resources
Sub-resources are methods that create a new instance of a child resource. This resource's identifiers get passed along to the child. For more information about sub-resources refer to the Resources Introduction Guide.
The following example shows how to use an Amazon S3 bucket resource to list the objects in the bucket.
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('my-bucket')
for obj in bucket.objects.all():
print(obj.key)
This example shows how to list all of the top-level common prefixes in an Amazon S3 bucket:
import boto3
client = boto3.client('s3')
paginator = client.get_paginator('list_objects')
result = paginator.paginate(Bucket='my-bucket', Delimiter='/')
for prefix in result.search('CommonPrefixes'):
print(prefix.get('Prefix'))
The following example shows how to initiate restoration of glacier objects in an Amazon S3 bucket, determine if a restoration is on-going, and determine if a restoration is finished.
import boto3
s3 = boto3.resource('s3')
bucket = s3.Bucket('glacier-bucket')
for obj_sum in bucket.objects.all():
obj = s3.Object(obj_sum.bucket_name, obj_sum.key)
if obj.storage_class == 'GLACIER':
# Try to restore the object if the storage class is glacier and
# the object does not have a completed or ongoing restoration
# request.
if obj.restore is None:
print('Submitting restoration request: %s' % obj.key)
obj.restore_object(RestoreRequest={'Days': 1})
# Print out objects whose restoration is on-going
elif 'ongoing-request="true"' in obj.restore:
print('Restoration in-progress: %s' % obj.key)
# Print out objects whose restoration is complete
elif 'ongoing-request="false"' in obj.restore:
print('Restoration complete: %s' % obj.key)
This example shows how to use SSE-KMS to upload objects using server side encryption with a key managed by KMS.
We can either use the default KMS master key, or create a custom key in AWS and use it to encrypt the object by passing in its key id.
With KMS, nothing else needs to be provided for getting the object; S3 already knows how to decrypt the object.
import boto3
import os
BUCKET = 'your-bucket-name'
s3 = boto3.client('s3')
keyid = '<the key id>'
print("Uploading S3 object with SSE-KMS")
s3.put_object(Bucket=BUCKET,
Key='encrypt-key',
Body=b'foobar',
ServerSideEncryption='aws:kms',
# Optional: SSEKMSKeyId
SSEKMSKeyId=keyid)
print("Done")
# Getting the object:
print("Getting S3 object...")
response = s3.get_object(Bucket=BUCKET,
Key='encrypt-key')
print("Done, response body:")
print(response['Body'].read())
This example shows how to use SSE-C to upload objects using server side encryption with a customer provided key.
First, we'll need a 32 byte key. For this example, we'll randomly generate a key but you can use any 32 byte key you want. Remember, you must the same key to download the object. If you lose the encryption key, you lose the object.
Also note how we don't have to provide the SSECustomerKeyMD5. Boto3 will automatically compute this value for us.
import boto3
import os
BUCKET = 'your-bucket-name'
KEY = os.urandom(32)
s3 = boto3.client('s3')
print("Uploading S3 object with SSE-C")
s3.put_object(Bucket=BUCKET,
Key='encrypt-key',
Body=b'foobar',
SSECustomerKey=KEY,
SSECustomerAlgorithm='AES256')
print("Done")
# Getting the object:
print("Getting S3 object...")
# Note how we're using the same ``KEY`` we
# created earlier.
response = s3.get_object(Bucket=BUCKET,
Key='encrypt-key',
SSECustomerKey=KEY,
SSECustomerAlgorithm='AES256')
print("Done, response body:")
print(response['Body'].read())